summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/confproc/confproc.dtx
blob: b921dcaeedc3b2c300e23f2bca10fe1fa34fc0f9 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Some basic integrity-test stuff
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/31}{Removing checksum}
% \CheckSum{841}
%
%    \iffalse
%<*ID>
% \CharacterTable
%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is a `conference proceedings' package developed for DAFx-06.
%^^A   For a short installation guide, see below
%^^A =================================================================
%%%  @LaTeX-package-file{
%%%    author          = "Vincent Verfaille",
%%%    version         = "v0.4f",
%%%    date            = "$Date: 2007/10/17 00:00:01 $",
%%%^^A    ^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/07/31}{Renaming 'procconf' into 'confproc'}
%%%    filename        = "confproc.dtx,
%%%    address         = "Vincent Verfaille
%%%                       Sound Processing and Control Lab.
%%%                       Input Device and Music Interaction Lab.
%%%                       Schulich School of Music
%%%                       McGill University
%%%                       555, Sherbrooke street west
%%%                       Montreal, Quebec, H3A 1E3
%%%                       Canada",
%%%    URL             = "http://www.music.mcgill.ca/musictech/spcl/vincent_verfaille",
%%%    email           = "vincent@music.mcgill.ca",
%%%    codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
%%%    keywords        = "McGill University, conference proceedings, DAFx-06,
%%%                       documentclass",
%%%    dependencies    = "\LaTeXe",
%%%    supported       = "yes",
%%%    abstract        = "This is a LaTeX2e package for building conference proceedings. It derives form LaTeX scripts written for the DAFx-06 conference proceedings, mainly based on the \package{pdfpages} package for including the proceedings papers and the \package{hyperref} package for creating proper table of contents, bookmarks and general bibliography back references. It also uses many other packages for fine tuning of table of contents, bibliography and index of authors.  The added value of this class is in the time it saves for you to quickly design your proceedings.",
%%%    docstring       = "When making the DAFx-06 proceedings, I 
%%%                       designed a set of LaTeX macros to simplify the work.
%%%                       As those secret scripts became relatively popular, I
%%%                       updated them, under the form of the provided package.",
%%%    copyright       = "confproc.dtx, the documented macro-file for
%%%                                      the confproc package
%%%                       Copyright (C) 2007 by Vincent Verfaille 
%%%                                             <vincent@music.mcgill.ca>
%%%
%%%                       This program may be distributed and/or
%%%                       modified under the conditions of the LaTeX
%%%                       Project Public License, either version 1.2
%%%                       of this license or (at your option) any
%%%                       later version.
%%%
%%%                       The latest version of this license is in
%%%                         http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
%%%                       and version 1.2 or later is part of all
%%%                       distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or
%%%                       later.
%%%
%%%                       This program consists of the confproc.dtx file."
%%%  }
%</ID>
%
%<*install>
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Purpose of this package
%^^A =================================================================
% This is a LaTeX2e package providing a new document-class for building conference 
% proceedings. It derives form LaTeX scripts written for the DAFx-06 conference proceedings.
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Installation of this package
%^^A =================================================================
% Installation:
%    LaTeX this file: creates docstrip installation file
%                       confproc.ins, readme.txt AND the (LaTeX2e)
%                       documentation
%    (La)TeX confproc.ins: creates class file confproc.cls, example
%                       file example.tex and documentation
%                       driver confproc.drv
%
% Docstrip options available:
%        package - to produce a (LaTeX2e) class file (.cls)
%        driver  - to produce a driver file to print the documentation
%        example - to produce example files, which demonstrate the
%                  possibilities of this package
%</install>
%
%    \fi
%    \iffalse
%^^A\changes{0.1a}{2007/07/27}{Readme: updated!}
%<*readme>
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the readme.txt file
%^^A   It is written on first LaTeX run if it does not already exist
%^^A =================================================================
\begin{filecontents*}{readme.txt}
                       The confproc package

                  ($Date: 2007/10/17 00:00:01 $)

                 Copyright (C) 2007 by Vincent Verfaille 
                <vincent@music.mcgill.ca>

Purpose:
  This is a LaTeX2e package providing a new document-class
  for building conference proceedings, mainly based on the
  'hyperref' and 'pdfpages' packages.

Files:
  confproc.dtx        Docstrip archive
                      --> To generate the doc, run this through LaTeX.

Generated File:
  confproc.ins        Batch file, run through LaTeX.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.dtx through LaTeX.
  confproc.drv        Driver for documentation.
                        The file will be generated from confproc.ins
                        To generate customized documentation, edit this
                        file and run it through LaTeX.
  confproc.cls        LaTeX package.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.
  confproc.cfg        Configuration file.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.
  confproc.dvi        Package documentation.
                      --> Generated from confproc.drv.

  example.tex         Example file demonstrating how to use this package.  
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.
  expapersswitch.tex  Example of paper switch, to simplify paper insertion.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.
  exclasspre.tex      Class and options declaration for the 1st LaTeX runs.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.
  exclasslast.tex     Class and options declaration for the last LaTeX run.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.
  exbiblio.bib        Bibliography for the example.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.

  procswitchandtoc.pl Perl script used to generate the program (ie. 
                        expaperswitch.tex) from the exprogram.csv file.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.
  exprogram.csv       Example of comma-separated program of the conference.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.

  buildproc           Unix script to build the example proceedings.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.
  buildpapers         Unix script to re-build all the papers.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.
  buildcppdfpapers    Unix script to copy all PDf papers in the right spot.
                      --> Generated by running confproc.ins through LaTeX.

  readme.txt        This file. 
                      --> Generated by running confproc.dtx through LaTeX.

Installation:

  LaTeX confproc.dtx   Creates docstrip installation file
                          confproc.ins and this file
  (La)TeX confproc.ins Creates class file confproc.cls, example
                          files and scripts and documentation driver
                          confproc.drv

  Docstrip options available:
    package - to produce a (LaTeX2e) class file (.cls)
    driver  - to produce a driver file to print the documentation
    example - to produce an example file, which demonstrates the
               possibilities of the package

  Move confproc.cls into a directory searched by LaTeX.
  LaTeX confproc.dtx   Creates the (LaTeX2e) documentation.

    optionally:
  Edit confproc.drv    and customize the documentation to your wishes.
  LaTeX confproc.drv   Generates customized documentation.
                       Depending on your customization you will
                       have to run
                       makeindex confproc.idx -s gind.ist -o confproc.ind
                       and/or
                       makeindex confproc.glo -s gglo.ist -o confproc.gls
  LaTeX example.tex    Demonstrates the possibilities of this
                       package.

Contact:
  E-Mail:    vincent@music.mcgill.ca
  Address:   Vincent Verfaille, Schulich School of Music,
                  McGill University, 555 Sherbrooke street west,
                Montreal, Quebec, H3A 1E3, Canada

Legal stuff:
  readme.txt, the ReadMe file for the confproc package
  Copyright (C) 2007 by Vincent Verfaille 
                        <vincent@music.mcgill.ca>

  This file is part of the confproc package.
  -------------------------------------------

  There is no warranty for the confproc package.  I provide the
  program `as is', without warranty of any kind, either expressed or
  implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
  merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.  The entire
  risk as to the quality and performance of the program is with you.
  Should the program prove defective, you assume the cost of all
  necessary servicing, repair, or correction.

  This program may be distributed and/or modified under the
  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
  of this license or (at your option) any later version.

  The latest version of this license is in
    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
  and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
  version 1999/12/01 or later.

  This is a generated file.  It may not be distributed without the
  original source file confproc.dtx.

  This program consists of the confproc.dtx file.

  Files generated by means of unpacking this program using the
  docstrip program may be distributed at the distributor's
  discretion.  However if they are distributed then a copy of
  this program must be distributed together with them.
\end{filecontents*}
%</readme>
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/08/01}{Adding the confproc.ist creation.}
%<*indexstyle>
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the creation of the index style file confproc.ist
%^^A   It is written on first LaTeX run if it does not already exist
%^^A =================================================================
\begin{filecontents*}{confproc.ist}
%%
%% This is file `confproc.ist',
%% generated with the docstrip utility.
%%
%% The original source files were:
%%
%% confproc.dtx  (with options: `doc')
%% 
%% This is `confproc.ist', an index formatting example, for the confproc package.
%% Copyright (C) 2007 by Vincent Verfaille 
%%                        <vincent@music.mcgill.ca>
%% 
%% This file is part of the confproc package.
%% -------------------------------------------
%% 
%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
%% LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license or
%% (at your option) any later version.
%% 
%% The latest version of this license is in
%%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
%% 1999/12/01 or later.
%% 
%% This file may not be distributed without the original source file
%% `confproc.dtx'.
%% 
%% The list of all files belonging to the confproc package is given in
%% the file `readme.txt'.
%% 
%% For more details, LaTeX the source `confproc.dtx'.
%% 

%%--add a letter between 2 lists
heading_prefix "{\\bfseries\\hfil "
heading_suffix "\\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n"
headings_flag 1

%%-- Add lines with points between name and page numbers
delim_0 "\\dotfill"
delim_1 "\\dotfill"
delim_2 "\\dotfill"
\end{filecontents*}
%</indexstyle>
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/08/01}{Adding the \package{threecolindex.sty} creation}
%^^A\changes{0.2a}{2007/08/12}{Removing the \package{threecolindex.sty} file: corresponding cmds moved into the class!}
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/08/01}{Installer: adding newapave.bst.}
%<*newapavebst>
\begin{filecontents*}{newapave.bst}
%$$$ newapave.bst $$$
% BibTeX `newapave' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2e
% Place it in a file called newapave.bst in the BibTeX search path.  
%(Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.)
% Support for named citations is provided by named.sty
%
% This version was modified by V. Verfaille, from the already modified master file made by
% Oren Patashnik, and the 'named' BibTeX style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
%
% Copyright (C) 2006, all rights reserved.
% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than 'newapave.bst'.
% There are undoubtably bugs in this style.  If you make bug fixes,
% improvements, etc.  please let me know.  My e-mail address is:
%    vincent@music.mcgill.ca
%
% This style was made from 'plain.bst', 'named.bst', and 'apalike.bst', 
% with lots of tweaking to make it look like APA style, along with tips 
% from Young Ryu and Brian Reiser's modifications of 'apalike.bst'.
% Then, it was modified a bit for the DAFx-06 proceedings, for use
% with the general bibliography.
%
%   Citation format: (author-last-name, year)
%             (author-last-name and author-last-name, year)
%             (author-last-name {\em et al.}, year)
%             (author-last-name)
%             (author-last-name and author-last-name)
%             (author-last-name {\em et al.})
%             (year)
%
%   Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
%    for author in the absence of one.
%
% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for
%    year-only citations.  This is done by having the citations
%    actually look like
%
%    \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year}
%
% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar)
%
%     \let\@internalcite\cite
%     \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite}
%     \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite}
%     \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite}
%     \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite}
%     \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite}
%

ENTRY
  { address
    author
    booktitle
    chapter
    edition
    editor
    howpublished
    institution
    journal
    key
%   month
    note
    number
    organization
    pages
    publisher
    school
    series
    title
    type
    volume
    year
  }
  {}
  { label extra.label sort.label }

INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }

FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
{ #0 'before.all :=
  #1 'mid.sentence :=
  #2 'after.sentence :=
  #3 'after.block :=
}

STRINGS { s t u }

FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
{ 's :=
  output.state mid.sentence =
    { ", " * write$ }
    { output.state after.block =
    { add.period$ write$
      newline$
      "\newblock " write$
    }
    { output.state before.all =
        'write$
        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
      if$
    }
      if$
      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
    }
  if$
  s
}

FUNCTION {special.output.nonnull}
{ 's :=
  output.state mid.sentence =
    { "  " * write$ }
    { output.state after.block =
        { ": " write$
          newline$
          "\newblock " write$
        }
        { output.state before.all =
            'write$
            { ": " * write$
                    }
          if$
        }
      if$
      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
    }
  if$
  s
}

FUNCTION {output.nonnull.colon}
{ 's :=
  output.state mid.sentence =
    { ": " * write$ }
    { output.state after.block =
    { add.period$ write$
      newline$
      "\newblock " write$
    }
    { output.state before.all =
        'write$
        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
      if$
    }
      if$
      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
    }
  if$
  s
}

FUNCTION {output.nonnull.space}
{ 's :=
  output.state mid.sentence =
    { "\ " * write$ }
    { output.state after.block =
    { add.period$ write$
      newline$
      "\newblock " write$
    }
    { output.state before.all =
        'write$
        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
      if$
    }
      if$
      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
    }
  if$
  s
}

FUNCTION {special.output}
{ duplicate$ empty$
    'pop$
    'special.output.nonnull
  if$
}

FUNCTION {output}
{ duplicate$ empty$
    'pop$
    'output.nonnull
  if$
}

FUNCTION {output.check}
{ 't :=
  duplicate$ empty$
    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
    'output.nonnull
  if$
}

FUNCTION {output.check.colon}
{ 't :=
  duplicate$ empty$
    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
    'output.nonnull.colon
  if$
}

FUNCTION {output.check.space}
{ 't :=
  duplicate$ empty$
    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
    'output.nonnull.space
  if$
}

FUNCTION {output.year.check}
{ year empty$
     { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ 
     }
     { write$
        ", " year * "." * "~\hfill " *                % shorter and simpler without label (2002a, 2002b useless)
%%        ", " year * extra.label * "." * "  \Pointinghand{} " *                % shorter
        mid.sentence 'output.state :=
%        mid.sentence 'output.state := * "}"
     }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
{ newline$

  "\bibitem[" write$
  label write$
  "]{" write$

  cite$ write$
  "}" write$
  newline$
  ""
  before.all 'output.state :=
}

FUNCTION {fin.entry}
{% add.period$
  write$
  newline$
}

FUNCTION {new.block}
{ output.state before.all =
    'skip$
    { after.block 'output.state := }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {new.sentence}
{ output.state after.block =
    'skip$
    { output.state before.all =
    'skip$
    { after.sentence 'output.state := }
      if$
    }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {not}
{   { #0 }
    { #1 }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {and}
{   'skip$
    { pop$ #0 }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {or}
{   { pop$ #1 }
    'skip$
  if$
}

FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
{ empty$
    'skip$
    'new.block
  if$
}

FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
{ empty$
  swap$ empty$
  and
    'skip$
    'new.block
  if$
}

FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
{ empty$
    'skip$
    'new.sentence
  if$
}

FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
{ empty$
  swap$ empty$
  and
    'skip$
    'new.sentence
  if$
}

FUNCTION {field.or.null}
{ duplicate$ empty$
    { pop$ "" }
    'skip$
  if$
}

FUNCTION {underline}
{ duplicate$ empty$
  { pop$ "" }
  { "\underline{" swap$ * "}" * }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {emphasize}
{ duplicate$ empty$
    { pop$ "" }
    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {emphasize.space}
{ duplicate$ empty$
    { pop$ "" }
    { "{\em " swap$ * "\/}" * }
  if$
}

INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }

FUNCTION {format.names}
{ 's :=
  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
  numnames 'namesleft :=
    { namesleft #0 > }

    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=

      nameptr #1 >
        { namesleft #1 >
              { ", " * t * }
               { numnames #2 >
                    { "," * }
                    'skip$
                  if$
                  t "others" =
                        { " et~al." * }
%                       { ", \& " * t * }
%                        { " \& " * t * }
                       { " and " * t * }
                      if$
                }
               if$
             }
            't
        if$
        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
    }
  while$
}

FUNCTION {format.names.fml}
{ 's :=
  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
  numnames 'namesleft :=
    { namesleft #0 > }

    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=

      nameptr #1 >
        { namesleft #1 >
              { ", " * t * }
               { numnames #2 >
                    { "," * }
                    'skip$
                  if$
                  t "others" =
                        { " et~al." * }
%                        { " and " * t * }
                        { " \& " * t * }
                      if$
                }
               if$
             }
            't
        if$
        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
    }
  while$
}

FUNCTION {format.authors}
{ author empty$
    { "" }
    { author format.names }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.key}
{ empty$
    { key field.or.null }
    { "" }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.editors.fml}
{ editor empty$
    { "" }
    { editor format.names.fml
      editor num.names$ #1 >
    { " (Eds.)" * }
    { " (Ed.)" * }
      if$
    }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.editors}
{ editor empty$
    { "" }
    { editor format.names
      editor num.names$ #1 >
    { " (Eds.)" * }
    { " (Ed.)" * }
      if$
    }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.editors.dot}
{ editor empty$
    { "" }
    { editor format.names
      editor num.names$ #1 >
    { " (Eds.)." * }
    { " (Ed.)." * }
      if$
    }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.title}
{ title empty$
    { "" }
    { title "t" change.case$ }
  if$
}

% Note that the APA style requires case changes
% in article titles. The following does not
% change cases. If you perfer it, uncomment the
% following and comment out the above.

%FUNCTION {format.title}
%{ title empty$
%    { "" }
%    { title }
%  if$
%}

FUNCTION {n.dashify}
{ 't :=
  ""
    { t empty$ not }
    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
    { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
        { "--" *
          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
        }
        {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
        { "-" *
          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
        }
          while$
        }
      if$
    }
    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
    }
      if$
    }
  while$
}

FUNCTION {format.btitle}
{ edition empty$
  { title emphasize }
  { title empty$
    { title emphasize }
    { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * }
    if$
  }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.emphasize.booktitle}
{ edition empty$
  { booktitle emphasize }
  { booktitle empty$
    { booktitle emphasize }
    { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * }
    if$
  }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
    { "~" }
    { " " }
  if$
  swap$ * *
}

FUNCTION {either.or.check}
{ empty$
    'pop$
    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
{ volume empty$
    { "" }
    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
      series empty$
        'skip$
        { " of " * series emphasize * }
      if$
      "volume and number" number either.or.check
    }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.number.series}
{ volume empty$
    { number empty$
    { series field.or.null }
    { output.state mid.sentence =
        { "number" }
        { "Number" }
      if$
      number tie.or.space.connect
      series empty$
        { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
        { " in " * series * }
      if$
    }
      if$
    }
    { "" }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.edition}
{ edition empty$
    { "" }
    { output.state mid.sentence =
        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
      if$
    }
  if$
}

INTEGERS { multiresult }

FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
{ 't :=
  #0 'multiresult :=
    { multiresult not
      t empty$ not
      and
    }
    { t #1 #1 substring$
      duplicate$ "-" =
      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
      swap$ "+" =
      or or
    { #1 'multiresult := }
    { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
      if$
    }
  while$
  multiresult
}

FUNCTION {format.pages}
{ pages empty$
  { "" }
  { pages multi.page.check
        { "pp.\" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % removed parenthesis
        { "pp.\" pages tie.or.space.connect } % removed parenthesis
    if$
        "" *
  }
  if$
}

% By Young (and Spencer)
FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
{ number empty$
    { volume empty$
       'skip$
       { "" volume * "" *} % removed \em
      if$
    }
    { volume % removed \em
      number empty$
       {"there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
       { "(" number * ")" * * }
      if$
    }
  if$
  pages empty$
    'skip$
    { duplicate$ empty$
      { pop$ format.pages }
      { ", pp. " * pages n.dashify * }
      if$
    }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
{ chapter empty$
    'format.pages
    { type empty$
        { "chapter" }
        { type "l" change.case$ }
      if$
      chapter tie.or.space.connect
      pages empty$
        'skip$
        { ", " * format.pages * }
%        { ", pp. " * format.pages * }
      if$
    }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll}
{ chapter empty$
    'format.pages
    { type empty$
        { "chapter" }
        { type "l" change.case$ }
      if$
      chapter tie.or.space.connect
      pages empty$
        'skip$
        { " pp. " * format.pages * }
      if$
    }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
{ booktitle empty$
  { "" }
  { editor empty$
    { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * }
    { "In " format.editors * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * }
    if$
  }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.incoll}
{ booktitle empty$
  { "" }
  { editor empty$
    { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * }
    { "In " format.editors.fml * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * }
    if$
  }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
{ type empty$
    'skip$
    { pop$
      type "t" change.case$
    }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
{ type empty$
    { "Technical Report" }
    'type
  if$
  number empty$
    { "t" change.case$ }
    { number tie.or.space.connect }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
{ "In"
  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
}

FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
  editor num.names$ duplicate$
  #2 >
    { pop$ " et~al." * }
    { #2 <
    'skip$
    { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
        { " et~al." * }
        { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
      if$
    }
      if$
    }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
{ volume empty$
    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
      "In "
    }
    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
      " of " *
    }
  if$
  editor empty$
  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
  or
    { key empty$
    { series empty$
        { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
          crossref * warning$
          "" *
        }
        { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
      if$
    }
    { key * }
      if$
    }
    { format.crossref.editor * }
  if$
  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
}

FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
{ "In"
  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
}

FUNCTION {article}
{ output.bibitem
  format.authors 
  "author" output.check
  author format.key output
   new.block
  format.title 
   "title" output.check
  new.block
  crossref missing$
    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
      format.vol.num.pages output
    }
    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
      format.pages output
    }
  if$
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check% moved
 fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {book}
{ output.bibitem
  author empty$
    { format.editors.dot 
          "author and editor" output.check }
    { format.authors 
          output.nonnull
      crossref missing$
            { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
            'skip$
      if$
    }
  if$
  new.block
  format.btitle 
  "title" output.check
  crossref missing$
    { format.bvolume output
      new.block
      format.number.series output
      new.sentence
      address output
      publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
    }
    { new.block
      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
    }
  if$
%  format.edition output
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {booklet}
{ output.bibitem
  format.authors output
  author format.key output
  new.block
  format.title 
  "title" output.check
  new.block
  howpublished output
  address output
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {inbook}
{ output.bibitem
  author empty$
    { format.editors.dot 
      "author and editor" output.check 
    }
    { format.authors output.nonnull
      crossref missing$
    { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
    'skip$
      if$
    }
  if$
  new.block
  format.btitle 
  "title" output.check
  crossref missing$
    { format.bvolume output
      format.chapter.pages 
      "chapter and pages" output.check
      new.block
      format.number.series output
      new.sentence
      address output
      publisher 
      "publisher" output.check.colon
    }
    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
      new.block
      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
    }
  if$
%  format.edition output
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {incollection}
{ output.bibitem
  format.authors
  "author" output.check
  author format.key output
  new.block
  format.title 
  "title" output.check
  new.block
  crossref missing$
  { format.in.ed.booktitle.incoll 
    "booktitle" output.check.colon
    format.bvolume output
    format.number.series output
    format.chapter.pages special.output
    new.sentence
    address output
    publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
  }
  { format.incoll.inproc.crossref 
        output.nonnull
    format.chapter.pages output
  }
  if$
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {inproceedings}
{ output.bibitem
  format.authors 
  "author" output.check
  author format.key output
  new.block
  format.title 
  "title" output.check
  new.block
  crossref missing$
    { format.in.ed.booktitle 
          "booktitle" output.check
      format.bvolume output
      format.number.series output
      address output
%      new.sentence        %removed, to avoid having a ".", but having a "," instead
      organization output
      publisher output
      format.pages output
    }
    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
      format.pages output
    }
  if$
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }

FUNCTION {manual}
{ output.bibitem
  format.authors output
  author format.key output
  new.block
  format.btitle 
  "title" output.check
  organization address new.block.checkb
% Reversed the order of "address" and "organization", added the ":".
  address output
  organization "organization" output.check.colon
%  address output
%  ":" output
%  organization output
%  format.edition output
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
{ output.bibitem
  format.authors 
  "author" output.check
  author format.key output
  new.block
  format.title 
  "title" output.check
  new.block
  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
  school "school" output.check
  address output
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {misc}
{ output.bibitem
  format.authors output
  author format.key output
  title howpublished new.block.checkb
  format.title output
  new.block
  howpublished output
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {phdthesis}
{ output.bibitem
  format.authors 
  "author" output.check
  author format.key output
  new.block
  format.btitle 
  "title" output.check
  new.block
  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
  school "school" output.check
  address output
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {proceedings}
{ output.bibitem
  editor empty$
    { organization output }
    { format.editors.dot output.nonnull }
  if$
  author format.key output
  new.block
  format.btitle 
  "title" output.check
  format.bvolume output
  format.number.series output
  address output
  new.sentence
  organization output
  publisher output
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {techreport}
{ output.bibitem
  format.authors 
  "author" output.check
  author format.key output
  new.block
  format.title 
  "title" output.check
  new.block
  format.tr.number output.nonnull
  institution 
  "institution" output.check
  address output
  new.block
  note output
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {unpublished}
{ output.bibitem
  format.authors 
  "author" output.check
  author format.key output
  new.block
  format.title 
  "title" output.check
  new.block
  note "note" output.check
  output.year.check % moved
  fin.entry
}

FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }

MACRO {jan} {"January"}

MACRO {feb} {"February"}

MACRO {mar} {"March"}

MACRO {apr} {"April"}

MACRO {may} {"May"}

MACRO {jun} {"June"}

MACRO {jul} {"July"}

MACRO {aug} {"August"}

MACRO {sep} {"September"}

MACRO {oct} {"October"}

MACRO {nov} {"November"}

MACRO {dec} {"December"}

MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}

MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}

MACRO {ai} {"Artificial Intelligence"}

MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}

MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}

MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}

MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}

MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}

MACRO {ieeetcad}
 {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}

MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}

MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}

MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}

MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}

MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}

MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}

MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}

MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}

MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}

MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}

MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}

MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}

READ

FUNCTION {sortify}
{ purify$
  "l" change.case$
}

INTEGERS { len }

FUNCTION {chop.word}
{ 's :=
  'len :=
  s #1 len substring$ =
    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
    's
  if$
}

INTEGERS { fullptr numfull fullsleft }

STRINGS { u1 u2 }

FUNCTION {my.full.label}
{ 
% Initialize 'u1','u2','s'.
  "" 'u1 :=                                       
  "" 'u2 :=                     
  's :=                      

% Initialize 'fullptr','numfull','fullsleft'.
  #1 'fullptr :=                         
  s num.names$ 'numfull :=   
  numfull 'fullsleft :=          

% enter the while loop which generates the first-citation information.
% while we have names left, 
%     format the next name
%   if this is the next-to-last name, tack the ampersand on the end
%   else if this isn't the last name, tack the comma on the end.
%   concatenate the next name onto the first-citation string.
%   update the counters.

  { fullsleft #0 > }
  { s fullptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 'u1 :=  
     fullsleft #2 =
       { u1 " \& " * 'u1 := }
      { fullsleft #2 > 
           { u1 ", " * 'u1 := }
           'skip$
         if$
        }
    if$
     u2 u1 * 'u2 :=
     fullptr #1 + 'fullptr :=         
     fullsleft #1 - 'fullsleft :=  
  }
  while$

% push 'u2' onto the stack -- our first-citation information.
  u2        
}

FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
{ 's :=                             
  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$        
  s num.names$ duplicate$
  #2 >                                
     { pop$ " et~al." * }            
     { #2 <
          'skip$
          { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
                { "et~al. " * }
%               { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
                { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
             if$
            }
       if$
     }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {author.key.label}
{ author empty$
    { key empty$
          { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
         'key
      if$
    }
    { author format.lab.names }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
{ editor empty$
    { key empty$
          { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
          'key
        if$
     }
     { editor format.lab.names }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
{ author empty$
    { editor empty$
          { key empty$
               { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
             'key
           if$
         }
          { editor format.lab.names }
      if$
    }
    { author format.lab.names }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {calc.label}
{ type$ "book" =
  type$ "inbook" =
  or
    'author.editor.key.label
    { type$ "proceedings" =
          'editor.key.label
          'author.key.label
        if$
    }
  if$
  duplicate$    

  author my.full.label  % generate the first-citation information.

  "\protect\citeauthoryear{" swap$ * "}{" * swap$ * "}{" *
  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *  
  'label :=
  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *
  sortify 'sort.label :=
}

FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
{ 's :=
  #1 'nameptr :=
  ""
  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
  numnames 'namesleft :=
    { namesleft #0 > }
    { nameptr #1 >
          { "   " * }
         'skip$
      if$
      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
          { "et al" * }
          { t sortify * }
      if$
      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
    }
  while$
}

FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
{ 't :=
  "A " #2
    "An " #3
      "The " #4 t chop.word
    chop.word
  chop.word
  sortify
  #1 global.max$ substring$
}

FUNCTION {author.sort}
{ author empty$
    { key empty$
          { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
              ""
         }
         { key sortify }
      if$
    }
    { author sort.format.names }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {editor.sort}
{ editor empty$
    { key empty$
         { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
           ""
         }
         { key sortify }
      if$
    }
    { editor sort.format.names }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
{ author empty$
    { editor empty$
         { key empty$
             { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
               ""
             }
             { key sortify }
           if$
         }
         { editor sort.format.names }
      if$
   }
   { author sort.format.names }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {presort}
{ calc.label
  label sortify
  "    "
  *
  type$ "book" =
  type$ "inbook" =
  or
    'author.editor.sort
    { type$ "proceedings" =
          'editor.sort
          'author.sort
      if$
    }
  if$
  #1 entry.max$ substring$        % added for newapa
  'sort.label :=                  % added for newapa
  sort.label                      % added for newapa
  *
  "    "
  *
  title field.or.null
  sort.format.title
  *
  #1 entry.max$ substring$
  'sort.key$ :=
}

ITERATE {presort}

SORT             % by label, sort.label, title --- for final label calculation

STRINGS { last.label next.extra }

INTEGERS { last.extra.num }

FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
  "" 'next.extra :=
  #0 'last.extra.num :=
}

FUNCTION {forward.pass}
{ last.label label =
     { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
       last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
     }
     { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
       "" 'extra.label :=
       label 'last.label :=
    }
  if$
}

FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
{ next.extra "b" =
    { "a" 'extra.label := }
     'skip$
  if$
  label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=   
  extra.label 'next.extra :=
}

EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}

ITERATE {forward.pass}

REVERSE {reverse.pass}

FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
{ sort.label
  "    "
  *
  year field.or.null sortify
  *
  "    "
  *
  title field.or.null
  sort.format.title
  *
  #1 entry.max$ substring$
  'sort.key$ :=
}

ITERATE {bib.sort.order}

SORT             % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order.

FUNCTION {begin.bib}

{ preamble$ empty$
    'skip$
    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
  if$
  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
}


EXECUTE {begin.bib}

EXECUTE {init.state.consts}

ITERATE {call.type$}

FUNCTION {end.bib}
{ newline$
  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
}

EXECUTE {end.bib}
\end{filecontents*}
%</newapavebst>
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/08/01}{Installer: adding newapave.sty.}
%<*newapavesty>
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the creation of the bibliography style file newapave.sty
%^^A   It is written on first LaTeX run if it does not already exist
%^^A =================================================================
\begin{filecontents*}{newapave.sty}
%$$$ newapave.sty $$$  --- July 31, 2006 (Version 2.1)
%     - Version 2.1.
%
% This file implements citations for the ``newapave'' bibliography style.
%
%    Stephen N. Spencer
%           modified the ``apalike'' LaTeX style
%    Young U. Ryu
%           further modified
%    Vincent Verfaille
%            modified as 'newapave' for DAFx-06: right-flushed back-references!
%
% SEE THE FOLLOWING COMMENTS. THEY CONSISTS OF 4 SECTIONS
%   1 - newapave.bst and \bibitem entry
%   2 - citation formats
%   3 - changing citation functions (if you want)
%   4 - enforcing APA style section heading (if you want)
%
%%%%%
% [1] newapave.bst and \bibitem entry
%
% The ``newapave.bst'' BibTeX bibliography style creates citations with labels:
%       \citeauthoryear{author-info}{abbrev. author-info}{year}
%
%%%%%
% [2] Citation Formats
%
% The citations are enclosed within parentheses. ``(,)''
%     as default. But one may change them.
% Short author lists use the ``et al.'' construct.
% These labels are processed by the following LaTeX commands:
%
% \cite[optional notes]{Key(s)}
%     -> (Authors1, Year1; Authors2, Year2; ..., optional notes)
% \citeA[optional notes]{key}
%     -> Authors (Year, optional notes)
%     Note: ONE AND ONLY ONE KEY.
%           \citeA[pp.~3--5]{Apt88,Lloyd87} does not make sense at all.
%           In this case, the outcome will look aweful.
% \citeB{keys}
%     -> Authors1 (Year1), Authors2 (Year2), ...
%     Note: \citeB[Notes]{keys} are given, notes will be ingored,
%           because it does not make sense at all.
% \citeauthor[optional notes]{key}
%     -> Authors1, Authors2, ..., optional notes
%
% The difference between `\shortciteXXX' and `\citeXXX':
% is that `\shortciteXXX' gives `First author et al.'
% if no. authors >= 3.
%    
% \shortcite[optional notes]{Key(s)}
%     -> (Short Authors1, Year1; Short Authors2, Year2; ..., optional notes)
% \shortciteA[optional notes]{key}
%     -> Short Authors (Year, optional notes)
%     Note: ONE AND ONLY ONE KEY.
%           \shortciteA[pp.~3--5]{Apt88,Lloyd87} does not make sense at all.
%           In this case, the outcome will look aweful.
% \shortciteB{keys}
%     -> Authors1 (Year1), Authors2 (Year2), ...
%     Note: \citeB[Notes]{keys} are given, notes will be ingored,
%           because it does not make sense at all.
% \shortciteauthor[optional notes]{key}
%     -> Short Authors1, Short Authors2, ..., optional notes
%
% \citeyear[optional notes]{key}
%     -> (Year, optional notes)
%
%%%%%
% [3] Changing Citation Punctuations
%
% However, you may change citation punctuations.
% \citepunct{open paren}%
%           {between authors}%
%           {between author year}%
%           {between citations}%
%           {before notes}%
%           {closing paren}
%
% For example,
%   \citepunct{[}{and}{ }{, }{: }{]}
%        - use square brackets
%          `and' between authors
%          space between author and year
%          comma between citations
%          comma before notes
%     e.g. [Apt and van Emden 1986, Lloyd 1985: Notes]
%
% The default is:
%   \citepunct{(}{\&}{, }{; }{, }{)}
%
% Notice spaces around punctuations in \citepunct!!!
%
%%%%%
% [4] Enforcing APA Style Section Heading 
%
% \newapasectioning redefines section headings as described
%       by the APA Publication Manual
%       \section - level 1       (toc entry, paageheading)
%       \subsection - level 2    (toc entry)
%       \subsection - level 3    (toc entry)
%       \paragraph - level 4
%       \subparagraph - level 3
%
%  if place * after \section, \subsection, \subsubsection
%   section headings are not listed in the table of contents
%
\def\citestarts{(}
\def\betweenauthors{\&}
\def\betweenauthoryear{, }
\def\betweencites{; }
\def\beforenote{, }
\def\citeends{)}
%
\def\citepunct#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
    \def\citestarts{#1}
    \def\betweenauthors{#2}
    \def\betweenauthoryear{#3}
    \def\betweencites{#4}
    \def\beforenote{#5}
    \def\citeends{#6} }
%
\let\@internalcite\cite
%
%
\def\cite{\def\@citeseppen{-1000}%
    \def\@cite##1##2{%
        \citestarts##1\if@tempswa \beforenote##2\fi\citeends}%
    \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1\betweenauthoryear##3}\@internalcite}
\def\citeA{\def\@citeseppen{-1000}%
    \def\@cite##1##2{%
        ##1\if@tempswa \beforenote##2\fi\citeends}%
    \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1 \citestarts##3}\@citedata}
\def\citeB{\def\@citeseppen{-1000}%
    \def\@cite##1##2{##1}%
    \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1 \citestarts##3\citeends}\@citedata}
\def\citeauthor{\def\@citeseppen{-1000}%
    \def\@cite##1##2{%
        ##1\if@tempswa \beforenote##2\fi}%
    \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@citedata}
%
%
\def\shortcite{\def\@citeseppen{-1000}%
    \def\@cite##1##2{%
        \citestarts##1\if@tempswa \beforenote##2\fi\citeends}%
    \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2\betweenauthoryear##3}\@internalcite}
\def\shortciteA{\def\@citeseppen{-1000}%
    \def\@cite##1##2{%
        ##1\if@tempswa \beforenote##2\fi\citeends}%
    \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2 \citestarts##3}\@citedata}
\def\shortciteB{\def\@citeseppen{-1000}%
    \def\@cite##1##2{##1}%
    \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2 \citestarts##3\citeends}\@citedata}
\def\shortciteauthor{\def\@citeseppen{-1000}%
    \def\@cite##1##2{%
        ##1\if@tempswa \beforenote##2\fi}%
    \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@citedata}
%
\def\citeyear{\def\@citeseppen{-1000}%
    \def\@cite##1##2{%
        \citestarts##1\if@tempswa \beforenote##2\fi\citeends}%
    \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@citedata}
%
\def\@citedata{\@ifnextchar[{\@tempswatrue\@citedatax}{\@tempswafalse\@citedatax[]}}
%
\def\@citedatax[#1]#2{%
\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
  \def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
    {\@citea\def\@citea{\betweencites}\@ifundefined
       {b@\@citeb}{{\bf ?}\@warning
       {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}
{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
%
\def\@citex[#1]#2{%
\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
  \def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
    {\@citea\def\@citea{\betweencites}\@ifundefined
       {b@\@citeb}{{\bf ?}\@warning
       {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
%
% (from apalike.sty)
% No labels in the bibliography.
% Set length of hanging indentation for bibliography entries.
\def\@biblabel#1{}
\newlength{\bibhang}
%\setlength{\bibhang}{1em}        % ORIGINAL
\setlength{\bibhang}{0.5em}	% DAFx-06
%
\def\thebibliography#1{%
  \section*{\bibname}
  \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\large \bfseries \bibname}
  \list
  {\relax}{\setlength{\labelsep}{0em}
    \setlength{\itemindent}{-\bibhang}
    \setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}}
%    \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}        % ORIGINAL
    \def\newblock{\hskip 0em plus 0.0em minus .07em}	% DAFx-06
    \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
    \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
%
%
%
%%% Sectioning

\def\newapasectioning{
 \newlength{\sectionheadwidth}
 \setlength{\sectionheadwidth}{\textwidth}
 \addtolength{\sectionheadwidth}{-8em}
 \let\@internalsection\section
 \let\@internalsubsection\subsection
 \let\@internalsubsubsection\subsubsection
 \let\@internalparagraph\paragraph
 \let\@internalsubparagraph\subparagraph
 % Level 1
 \def\section{\@ifnextchar *{\a@sections}{\a@section}}
 \def\a@sections##1##2{%
 \@internalsection*{%
     \centering\parbox{%
         \sectionheadwidth}{%
             \centering\normalsize\bf\uppercase{##2}}\@mkboth{##2}{##2}}}
 \def\a@section##1{%
 \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{##1}
 \@internalsection*{%
     \centering\parbox{%
         \sectionheadwidth}{%
             \centering\normalsize\bf\uppercase{##1}}\@mkboth{##1}{##1}}}
 % Level 2
 \def\subsection{\@ifnextchar *{\a@subsections}{\a@subsection}}
 \def\a@subsections##1##2{%
 \@internalsubsection*{%
     \centering\parbox{\sectionheadwidth}{\centering\normalsize\bf##2}}}
 \def\a@subsection##1{%
 \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{##1}
 \@internalsubsection*{%
     \centering\parbox{\sectionheadwidth}{\centering\normalsize\bf##1}}}
 % Level 3
 \def\subsubsection{\@ifnextchar *{\a@subsubsections}{\a@subsubsection}}
 \def\a@subsubsections##1##2{%
 \@internalsubsubsection*{%
     \centering\parbox{%
         \sectionheadwidth}{\centering\normalsize\underbar{##2}}}}
 \def\a@subsubsection##1{%
 \addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{##1}
 \@internalsubsubsection*{%
     \centering\parbox{%
         \sectionheadwidth}{\centering\normalsize\underbar{##1}}}}
 % Level 4
 \def\a@paragraph##1{%
     \@internalsubsubsection*{\normalsize\underbar{##1}}}
 % Level 5
 \def\a@subparagraph##1{%
     \@internalsubparagraph*{\normalsize\underbar{##1}.}}
 % table of contents
 \def\tableofcontents{%
     \section*{Contents}\@starttoc{toc}}
 % list of figures
 \def\listoffigures{%
     \section*{List of Figures}\@starttoc{lof}}
 % list of tables
 \def\listoftables{%
     \section*{List of Tables}\@starttoc{lot}}
 % Change : to . in Figure/Table Caption
 \long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
     \vskip 10pt 
     \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{##1. ##2}
     \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize ##1. ##2\par \else \hbox
     to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil} 
     \fi}
}
\end{filecontents*}
%</newapavesty>
%
%^^A\changes{0.1b}{2007/07/27}{Class package finished. Switching to docstrip.}
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/08/01}{Adding creation of all Unix scripts and example files (using '\nopreamble' and '\nopostamble'.}
%<*installer>
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the docstrip installation file
%^^A   It is written on first LaTeX run if it does not already exist
%^^A =================================================================
\begin{filecontents}{confproc.ins}
%% confproc.ins, the batch file for the confproc package
%% Copyright (C) 2007 by Vincent Verfaille 
%%                     <vincent@music.mcgill.ca>
%%
%% This file is part of the confproc package.
%% -------------------------------------------
%%
%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
%% LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license or
%% (at your option) any later version.
%%
%% The latest version of this license is in
%%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
%%
%% In particular, NO PERMISSION is granted to modify the contents of
%% this file since it contains the legal notices that are placed in
%% the files it generates.
%%
%% This file may not be distributed without the original source file
%% confproc.dtx.
%%
%% The list of all files belonging to the confproc package is given
%% in the file `readme.txt'.
%%
%% This file will generate fast loadable files and documentation
%% driver files from the .dtx files in this package when run through
%% LaTeX or TeX.
%%
%% ------------------- start of docstrip commands -------------------
\def\batchfile{confproc.ins}
\input docstrip.tex
%
\ifToplevel{\ifx\askonceonly\undefined%
\Msg{******************}%
\Msg{*}%
\Msg{* This installation requires docstrip}%
\Msg{* version 2.4e or later.}%
\Msg{*}%
\Msg{* An older version of docstrip has been input}%
\Msg{*}%
\Msg{******************}%
\errhelp{Move or rename old docstrip.tex.}%
\errmessage{Old docstrip in input path}%
\batchmode%
\csname @@end\endcsname%
\fi%
}%
%
%% Define standard text:
%
\def\nline{^^J\MetaPrefix\space}%
\def\stdtext{%
Copyright (C) 2007 by Vincent Verfaille 
           <vincent@music.mcgill.ca>\nline\nline%
This file is part of the confproc package.\nline%
-------------------------------------------\nline\nline%
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the\nline%
LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license or\nline%
(at your option) any later version.\nline\nline%
The latest version of this license is in\nline%
\space\space http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt\nline%
and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version\nline%
1999/12/01 or later.\nline\nline%
This file may not be distributed without the original source file\nline%
`\inFileName'.\nline\nline%
The list of all files belonging to the confproc package is given in\nline%
the file `readme.txt'.}
%
%% Declare preambles (and use \stdtext):
%
\declarepreamble\driver

This is `\outFileName', the documentation driver for the confproc package.
\stdtext

This is the driver file to produce the LaTeX documentation
from the original source file `\inFileName'.

Make changes to it as needed. (Never edit the file `\inFileName'!)

\endpreamble%
%
\declarepreamble\package

This is `\outFileName', a LaTeX2e package to build conference proceedings.
\stdtext

For more details, LaTeX the source `\inFileName'.

\endpreamble%
%
\declarepreamble\example

This is `\outFileName', an example file for the confproc package.
\stdtext

For more details, LaTeX the source `\inFileName'.

\endpreamble%
%
\declarepreamble\config

This is `\outFileName', a configuration file for the confproc package.
\stdtext

For more details, LaTeX the source `\inFileName'.

\endpreamble%
%
\keepsilent%
%
%% Greeting:
%
\askforoverwritetrue%
\askonceonly%
%
\ifToplevel{%
  \Msg{}%
  \Msg{**********************}%
  \Msg{* Hello to the installation of the `confproc' package. *}%
  \Msg{**********************}%
  \Msg{}%
  \Msg{*********}%
  \Msg{* Generating files... *}%
  \Msg{*********}%
}%
%
%% File generation:
%
\generate{%
  \usepreamble\example\file{example.tex}{\from{confproc.dtx}{example}}%
  \usepreamble\example\file{expapersswitch.tex}{\from{confproc.dtx}{expapersswitch}}%
  \usepreamble\example\file{expages.tex}{\from{confproc.dtx}{expages}}%
  \usepreamble\example\file{exclasspre.tex}{\from{confproc.dtx}{exclasspre}}%
  \usepreamble\example\file{exclasslast.tex}{\from{confproc.dtx}{exclasslast}}%
  \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{exbiblio.bib}{\from{confproc.dtx}{exbiblio}}%
  \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{procswitchandtoc.pl}{\from{confproc.dtx}{procswitchandtoc}}%
  \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{exprogram.csv}{\from{confproc.dtx}{exprogram}}%
  \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{buildpapers}{\from{confproc.dtx}{buildpapers}}%
  \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{buildproc}{\from{confproc.dtx}{buildproc}}%
  \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{buildcppdfpapers}{\from{confproc.dtx}{buildcppdfpapers}}%
  \usepreamble\driver\file{confproc.drv}{\from{confproc.dtx}{driver}}%
  \usepreamble\config\file{confproc.cfg}{\from{confproc.dtx}{config}}%
%  \usedir{tex/latex/misc}%
  \usepreamble\package\file{confproc.cls}{\from{confproc.dtx}{package}%
  \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{buildcls}{\from{confproc.dtx}{buildcls}}%
  \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{cleancls}{\from{confproc.dtx}{cleancls}}%
  }%
}%
%
%% Report:
%
\ifToplevel{%
  \Msg{}%
  \Msg{********************}%
  \Msg{*}%
\makeatletter\@ifundefined{basedir}{%
  \Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following}%
  \Msg{* file into a directory searched by LaTeX:}%
}{%
  \Msg{* The following file has been automatically created in a}
  \Msg{* directory searched by LaTeX:}
}\makeatother%
  \Msg{*}%
  \Msg{* \space\space confproc.cls}%
  \Msg{*}%
\makeatletter\@ifundefined{basedir}{%
  \Msg{* Using a TDS compatible TeX distribution, this would be e.g.}%
  \Msg{* tex/latex/misc of your main or your local or your private}%
  \Msg{* texmf path. If you don't know these paths, have a look}%
  \Msg{* at your `texmf.cnf' or try:}%
  \Msg{* \space\space kpsexpand \string\$TEXMFMAIN}%
  \Msg{* \space\space kpsexpand \string\$TEXMFLOCAL}%
  \Msg{* \space\space kpsexpand \string\$HOMETEXMF}%
  \Msg{* You may also use another folder at your TEXINPUTS path.}%
}{}\makeatother%
  \Msg{* To produce the documentation and a example, run the}%
  \Msg{* following files through LaTeX:}%
  \Msg{*}%
  \Msg{* \space\space confproc.drv (three times)}%
  \Msg{* \space\space example.tex}%
  \Msg{*}%
  \Msg{* For the legal stuff please have a look at:}%
  \Msg{*}%
  \Msg{* \space\space readme.txt}%
  \Msg{*}%
  \Msg{*}%
  \Msg{* Happy TeXing!}%
  \Msg{*}%
  \Msg{********************}%
  \Msg{}%
}%
%
\endbatchfile
\end{filecontents}
%</installer>
%
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/30}{Head: new}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the header that is written to driver-, example- and
%^^A   class-file
%^^A =================================================================
%
% The docdate info.  It specifies the date of the documentation, which
% may differ from the filedate.  (Its ok if docdate is younger.  If it
% is older, then I forgot documenting. In that case: kick me...  ;-)
%<*dtx|driver>
\def\docdate{2007/10/17}
%</dtx|driver>
%
% The required LaTeX version:
%<*dtx|driver|package|example>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]%
%</dtx|driver|package|example>
%
% Identification of the docstrip file:
%<*dtx>
\ProvidesFile
%=====================================================================
             {confproc.dtx}
%=====================================================================
%</dtx>
%
% Identification of the driver file:
%<driver>\ProvidesFile{confproc.drv}
%
% Identification of the example file:
%<example>\ProvidesFile{example.tex}
%
% Identification of the configuration file:
%<config>\ProvidesFile{confproc.cfg}
%
% Identification of the package file:
%<package>\ProvidesClass{confproc}
%
% Provide command to identify example file:
%<example>\def\DescribesFile#1 [#2 #3 #4 (#5)]
%<example>  {\def\filedate{#2}\def\fileversion{#3}}
%
% Identification of the example file:
%<example>\DescribesFile{confproc.cls}
%
% The next three lines:
% 1.: Identification of the included .dtx-file.
% 2.: The date and version for docstrip, driver, example, config,
%       package and dtx file.
% 3.:  A short description and author for the included .dtx-file.
%    \fi
% \ProvidesFile{confproc}
% [2007/10/17 v0.4f: Documentation for confproc (VV)]
%    \iffalse
%
% A short description and author for driver, example, config
% and package file:
%<package>  [2007/10/17 v0.4f: Conference Proceedings class (VV)]
%<example>  [2007/10/17 v0.4f: Example for confproc (VV)]
%<config>  [2007/10/17 v0.4f: Configuration for confproc (VV)]
%<driver>  [2007/10/17 v0.4f: Driver for confproc (VV)]
%
% A short description and author for the docstrip file:
%<*dtx>
  [2007/10/17 v0.4f: Documented source for confproc (VV)]
%</dtx>
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the driver for customized documentation
%^^A =================================================================
%<*driver>
 %
 % We do not specify any options by default and its recommended not to
 %   change this.  If you want to use a4paper the proper way is to add
 %   a line
 %     \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article}
 %   to your `ltxdoc.cfg'.
\documentclass{ltxdoc}

%^^A\changes{0.1f}{2007/08/03}{Doc style: adding hyperref package}
 % Only use fontenc if it is present
 \IfFileExists{fontenc.sty}{%
   \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}}{}
% \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Pkg: \package{mathptmx} replaces \package{times}}
\usepackage{mathptmx}
% \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Pkg: \package{nth} for superscript ordinals}
\usepackage[super]{nth}
\usepackage{amssymb,amsmath}
\RequirePackage[pdftex,colorlinks=true,linkcolor=red,citecolor=red,pagecolor=red,urlcolor=blue,bookmarksopen=true,bookmarksopenlevel=1,raiselinks,hyperindex,backref,pagebackref,plainpages=false,pdfpagelabels,breaklinks,linktocpage,pdfstartview=XYZ]{hyperref}

\usepackage{supertabular}
%\usepackage{tweaklist}
%\renewcommand{\enumhook}{\setlength{\topsep}{0pt}%
%  \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}}

  % By default this file will build the `user' documentation.  It
  %   covers the basic information you need as an user and provides
  %   (if you want to) a compact index with the most important
  %   commands.  To get the `programmer' documentation (with code
  %   listing, extended command index and change history), comment out
  %   the next line
% \OnlyDescription

  % To produce the compact command index:
  %   run  makeindex -s confproc.ist confproc

  % If you commented out \OnlyDescription, you are able to control the
  %   index and change history with the following commands:

  % To produce the extended command index: add the following line
  %   one run, then run  makeindex -s gind.ist confproc
  %   and re-process, with or without this line (much faster without)
  %
  % This will only have an effect if you commented out
  %   \OnlyDescription above!
 \EnableCrossrefs

  % Next you can control the index numbering by the two commands
  %   \PageIndex and \CodelineIndex (I prefer the latter one..).  If
  %   you don't want any index, comment out both commands.
  %
  % Description index entries refer to page numbers, code listing
  %   index entries refer to code lines
 \CodelineIndex
  % Make all index entries (description and code listing) refer to
  %   page numbers (if you add the following line you should comment
  %   out the \CodelineIndex)
% \PageIndex

  % Produce a 2 column index (if ever)
 \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}

  % To produce a change history: add the following line for one run,
  %   then run  makeindex -s gglo.ist -o confproc.gls confproc.glo
  %   and re-process, with or without this line (faster without)
 \RecordChanges

\begin{document}
  \DocInput{confproc.dtx}
\end{document}
%</driver>
%    \fi
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   We continue with the `normal' .dtx-file
%^^A =================================================================
%
%
%^^A ======= LIST OF GENERAL CHANGES ======
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/30}{Docu: new}
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/30}{Introduction: new}
%^^A\changes{0.2d}{2007/08/18}{Index: removing from index all commands not related to the 'confproc' package}
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Introduction: reorganized}
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Introduction: history shortened}
%^^A    \changes{0.3}{2007/09/28}{Docu: typo and spell checks}
%    \changes{0.3}{2007/09/24}{Initial version}
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/03}{Move formatting issues in re-defined commands}
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{changes from Will Robertson's advices}
%    \changes{0.4c}{2007/10/12}{Bug correction: author is back in the bookmark}
%    \changes{0.4d}{2007/10/12}{Re-organize changes history (use `macro' environment)}
%    \changes{0.4e}{2007/10/12}{Clean up the use of \cmd{\DescribeMacro} and \cmd{\begin\{macro\}\{\}} commands}
%    \changes{0.4f}{2007/10/7}{Explain that the `draft' option removes the bookmarks}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Even with enabled crossrefs do not index all macros.
%^^A =================================================================
%    \DoNotIndex{\@empty}
%    \DoNotIndex{\@ifundefined}
%    \DoNotIndex{\@maketitle}
%    \DoNotIndex{\@ne}
%    \DoNotIndex{\@plus}
%    \DoNotIndex{\@tempboxa, \@tempcnta, \@tempdima}
%    \DoNotIndex{\\, \", \{, \}, \&, \ , \', \`, \^, \:, \~}
%    \DoNotIndex{\@authorlistbyfirstname} 
%    \DoNotIndex{\@authorlistbysurname} 
%    \DoNotIndex{\@authors} 
%    \DoNotIndex{\@idxitem}
%    \DoNotIndex{\@mparswitchfalse}
%    \DoNotIndex{\@mparswitchtrue}
%    \DoNotIndex{\@twosidefalse }
%    \DoNotIndex{\@twosidetrue}
%    \DoNotIndex{\@ptsize} 
%    \DoNotIndex{\@restonecolfalse} 
%    \DoNotIndex{\@restonecoltrue} 
%    \DoNotIndex{\@twosidefalse}
%    \DoNotIndex{\@twosidetrue}
%    \DoNotIndex{\addcontentsline} 
%    \DoNotIndex{\addtocontents}
%    \DoNotIndex{\addtolength, \AtEndDocument, \advance}
%    \DoNotIndex{\afterassignment}
%    \DoNotIndex{\begin, \begingroup, \bf, \bfseries, \box}
%    \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip}
%    \DoNotIndex{\bigskip}
%    \DoNotIndex{\caption, \centerline, \ClassError, \ClassWarning, \ClassWarningNoLine}
%    \DoNotIndex{\ClassInfo, \CurrentOption, \cdot, \count, \centering, \cleardoublepage, \clearpage, \CodelineIndex}
%    \DoNotIndex{\conf@FinalVersion, \conf@BibMerge, \conf@BibBackRef}
%    \DoNotIndex{\conf@procWithColors, \conf@procWithoutColors}
%    \DoNotIndex{\conf@PrintNoLayout, \conf@PrintAllLayouts}
%    \DoNotIndex{\conf@NoFancyHeaders, \conf@FancyHeadersOnPapers, \conf@FancyHeadersExceptPapers}
%    \DoNotIndex{\conf@TwoColumnIndex, \conf@ThreeColumnIndex}
%    \DoNotIndex{\conf@TwoColumnBib, \conf@OneColumnBib}
%    \DoNotIndex{\conf@TwoColumnTOC, \conf@OneColumnTOC}
%    \DoNotIndex{\conf@TocNumberingLeft, \conf@TocNumberingRight}
%    \DoNotIndex{\conf@TestPageNumbering, \conf@WithCleardoublepage, \conf@WithClearsinglepage}
%    \DoNotIndex{\conf@procWithDebug}
%    \DoNotIndex{\conf@IncludePDFs, \conf@DoNotIncludePDFs}
%    \DoNotIndex{\DeclareRobustCommand, \def, \DeclareOption, \dimen, \divide, \documentclass}
%    \DoNotIndex{\em, \else, \end, \ExecuteOptions, \endgroup, \expandafter}
%    \DoNotIndex{\fontfamily, \fontseries, \fontsize, \footnoterule, \footnotesize, \frontmatter}
%    \DoNotIndex{\fboxrule, \fboxsep \framebox, \fi, \filedate, \fileversion}
%    \DoNotIndex{\gdef, \global, \GenericWarning}
%    \DoNotIndex{\href, \hfill, \hfil, \hskip, \hspace, \hbox, \hss, \hb@xt@, \headheight, \headsep, \hoffset, \hspace}
%    \DoNotIndex{\i, \it, \item, \IfFileExists, \InputIfFileExists, \ifx, \if}
%    \DoNotIndex{\kern}
%    \DoNotIndex{\label, \LARGE, \Large, \large, \let, \lineskip, \LoadClass}
%    \DoNotIndex{\line, \linethickness}
%    \DoNotIndex{\mainmatter, \mbox, \MessageBreak, \makebox}
%    \DoNotIndex{\multiput, \m@ne}
%    \DoNotIndex{\n, \newcommand, \newlength, \null, \noexpand, \newbox, \newif, \next@tpage, \noindent}
%    \DoNotIndex{\o, \oddsidemargin}
%    \DoNotIndex{\par, \PackageError, \PackageWarningNoLine, \put, \PageIndex}
%    \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToClass, \ProcessOptions, \providecommand, \protect, \parbox, \p@}
%    \DoNotIndex{\r, \relax, \renewcommand, \rule, \RequirePackage, \RecordChanges}
%    \DoNotIndex{\selectfont, \setcounter, \setlength, \small, \setbox, \space, \stop, \scriptsize}
%    \DoNotIndex{\today, \texttt, \typeout, \thinlines, \the, \textwidth, \thispagestyle, \topmargin, \topskip}
%    \DoNotIndex{\u, \usepackage, \undefined, \underline, \unitlength, \unkern}
%    \DoNotIndex{\vfil, \vskip, \vbox, \vss, \vspace, \vfill}
%    \DoNotIndex{\voffset}
%    \DoNotIndex{\wd}
%    \DoNotIndex{\x, \xbf}
%    \DoNotIndex{\z@}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Some definitions to enhance the logical mark-up of this
%^^A   documentation
%^^A =================================================================
%     ^^A for environments (`\cmd' for commands is already defined in
%     ^^A                   \package{ltxdoc.cls})
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\env}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
%     ^^A for packages, styles, classes
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\package}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
%     ^^A for eMails, urls
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\url}[1]{|#1|}
%     ^^A for files, paths and command-lines
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
%     ^^A for persons
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\person}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
%     ^^A for counters
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\Lcount}[1]{\textsl{\small#1}}
%     ^^A for length registers
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\Llength}[1]{\cmd{#1}}
%     ^^A for package options
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\Lopt}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\smiley}{|:-)|}
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\winkey}{|;-)|}
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\koma}{\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em%
%      M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\tds}{TDS}
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\ctan}{\textsc{ctan}}
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\mail}[2]{\person{#1}
%                                     \url{\textless #2\textgreater}}
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\ie}{{\em i.e.}}
%    \DeclareRobustCommand*{\eg}{{\em e.g.}}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   If there is a multicol.sty present, we'll print the table of
%^^A   contents with 2 columns
%^^A =================================================================
%    \newif\ifmulticols
%      \IfFileExists{multicol.sty}{\multicolstrue}{\multicolsfalse}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   After this the commands \filedate and \fileversion are defined
%^^A =================================================================
%    \GetFileInfo{confproc}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Title definition
%^^A =================================================================
%    \title{The \package{\filename}~package\thanks{This file version number is \fileversion~ last revision on \filedate; doc is dated \docdate.}}
%    \author{Vincent
%^^A\changes{0.1g}{2007/08/07}{Typo in my email}
%    Verfaille\thanks{\url{vincent@music.mcgill.ca}}}
%    \date{Printed on \today}
%    \maketitle
%
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/30}{Document created}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   A small abstract
%^^A =================================================================
%    \begin{abstract}
%      The \package{\filename} package is a new \LaTeXe\ document-class for building conference proceedings. It derives form LaTeX scripts written for the DAFx-06 conference proceedings, mainly based on the \package{pdfpages} package for including the proceedings papers and the \package{hyperref} package for creating proper table of contents, bookmarks and general bibliography back-references. It also uses many other packages for fine tuning of table of contents, bibliography and index of authors.  The added value of this class resides in its time-saving aspects when designing conference proceedings. See \file{readme.txt} for a short overview and additional (legal) information, and \file{example.tex} and corresponding files and scripts for an example of use.
%    \end{abstract}
%
%    {\parskip 0pt      ^^A We have to reset \parskip (bug in \LaTeX,
%                       ^^A see doc.dtx)
%      \setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
%      \tableofcontents
%    }
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Short description of what is done by the package
%^^A   Miscellaneous comments
%^^A =================================================================
%    \section{Introduction}
%    \label{sec:intro}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Short history}
%
% \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Pkg: \package{nth} for superscript ordinals}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A     \subsubsection{The origins}
%
%    When editing the proceedings of the \nth{9} International Conference on Digital Audio Effects\footnote{DAFx-06: \href{http://www.dafx.ca/dafx06_proceedings.html}{\sf http://www.dafx.ca/dafx06\_proceedings.html}} (DAFx-06, Montr\'eal, Qc, Canada), I developed a set of \LaTeX{} commands to produce the best quality proceedings we could achieve. The developed solution was partially documented on the DAFx-06 website \cite{Verfaille:2006:howto:web} and in a technical report  \cite{Verfaille:2006:howto:confproc}. 
%
%    Later on, I created a shorter example version on which other proceedings editors could build up their proceedings. It was used for the 5th International Linux Audio Conference\footnote{LAC2007: \href{http://www.kgw.tu-berlin.de/~lac2007/proceedings.shtml}{\sf http://www.kgw.tu-berlin.de/$\sim$lac2007/proceedings.shtml}} (March 2007, Berlin, Germany; edited by \person{Marije Baalman}); for the 13th International Conference on Auditory Display\footnote{ICAD-07: \href{http://www.music.mcgill.ca/icad2007/proceedings.php}{\sf http://www.music.mcgill.ca/icad2007/proceedings.php}} (June 2007, Montreal, Qc, Canada; edited by \person{Gary Scavone}); for the Journal on Multimodal User Interfaces\footnote{JMUI: \href{http://www.jmui.org/index.php/JMUI/issue/view/1/showToc}{\sf http://www.jmui.org/index.php/JMUI/issue/view/1/showToc}} (Vol. 1(1), 2007; edited by \person{Christian Frisson}); and for the 10th International Conference on Digital Audio Effects\footnote{DAFx-07: \href{http://dafx.labri.fr/}{\sf http://dafx.labri.fr/}} (September 2007, Bordeaux, France; edited by \person{Sylvain Marchand}).
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A     \subsubsection{A class? A package!}
%
%    To better share this example with other users of the  \LaTeXe\ community, I converted this set of \LaTeXe\ commands into a document class using the information provided in \cite{LaTeX:class:writers}, and then into a package producing all necessary files (the class, the documentation, the example, the scripts, etc.) using {\sf Docstrip} \cite{mittelbach:1999:docstrip} together with the documentation by \person{Scott Pakin} \cite{Pakin:2004:howto:package}.
%    
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A     \subsubsection{Bases}
%
%    The provided \package{confproc} class is based on several great packages, among which  \package{pdfpages} \cite{Matthias:2004:pdfpages} by \person{Andreas Matthias} (the most useful package for proceedings making) together with \package{hyperref} \cite{hyperref} by \person{Sebastian Rahtz} and \person{Heiko Oberdiek} (to manage with all PDF and hyperlinks issues). So, you may consider it as a time saving package to faster produce your conference proceedings.
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Finish to re-test and document the pros/cons of other packages}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   The rivalry ;-)
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Other packages or softwares}
%    \label{subsec:other}
%
%    I tried several alternative solutions, before deciding to create my own package. There are so many talented people out there developing great \LaTeX\ packages that I would have preferred to use anybody else's solution! Unfortunately, I have not been able to make any of them work in the way I needed. ^^A I would not say that they are no other `alive' other packages doing the same, since there are!
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Using Acrobat}
%
%    Eventhough it is nothing related to a \LaTeX{} package, nor a free application, the Acrobat Professional software \cite{Adobe:2007:Acrobat} is a solution to create proceedings with proper internal links for a set of PDF papers with internal links. Some useful explanations will help to understand al that has to be done \cite{Brazil:2002}. Indeed, you have to do all the links for the table of contents, the index of authors and the general bibliography by hand. This sounds like hours of work! Would you really plan to do that, and potentially having to re-do it all when discovering any small error, as it happens during both the editing and the printing processes? Any \LaTeX{} solution would provide automatization of proceedings building.
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{The \package{combine} package}
%
%    The one I would have loved to be able to use is the \package{combine} package by \person{Peter Wilson} \cite{Wilson:2004:combine}, as it was especially designed for the purpose of combining articles into proceedings. It would have been perfect if it did not have incompatibilities with our \package{dafx06.sty} proceedings template (or conference style), since many commands are added in the header file. I encountered problems with the \package{hyperref} package as well as some minor problems with \package{fancyhdr.sty}: eventually, no paper was inserted in the proceedings, and the \LaTeX\ run would always fail (stopped without any notice during the first paper inclusion). Very frustrating, as it was too late for changing our conference proceedings style to make them compatible with \package{combine}. I contacted \person{Peter Wilson}, to which I am indebt for all the precious advices he gave me, among which was the use of a concurrent solution, \ie{} the \package{pdfpages} package! ^^A Many of his comments were motivations for finding my own way in the world of proceedings.
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{The \package{pdfpages} package}
%
%    As no magic solution do exist (yet?), the \package{pdfpages} package by \person{Andreas Matthias} \cite{Matthias:2004:pdfpages} is a very easy way to combine several PDF documents into a single document. Unfortunately, where \package{combine} seemed to be able to preserve internal references of each paper, \package{pdfpages} does not provide such feature, as papers are included as a set of single PDF pages. As I am not a specialist of the PDF format and so on, I can imagine that it is extremely complex to achieve such a feature. Anyway, it means that if your original PDF documents had internal links, hyper-references, links to URL, etc, they will simply be all broken.  
%
%    With this in mind, we used this package as a basis (so it then is not a concurrent), especially for the following feature: clicking on a page in the proceedings will open the corresponding paper (with its proper internal links). Simple!
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{The \package{mini.sty} package}
%
%    The \package{mini.sty} package \cite{mini:eConf} does a very good job for  concatenating abstracts in a single proceedings document. However, it is not suited (to my knowledge) for conference proceedings, where each paper has to be compiled with the conference style and has its very own title, authors, etc. (that cannot be inserted as (sub)sections). 
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{The AMS \package{editor} package}
%
%    The \package{editor} package from the AMS \cite{AMS:editor} provides information and documents to produce both the front end and the back end of proceedings, which is of great help to understand all that has to be done (particularly the table of contents and the re-numbering of all papers). However, as they explicitely say it, there is no mechanism to assemble the files together.
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.2a}{2007/08/12}{Docu: added the description from the report}
%    \changes{0.4f}{2007/10/7}{Explain that the `draft' option removes the bookmarks}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Description
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Description of the solution provided}
%
%    Using all the knowledge I could find around (and in the previously cited documentations about how to do a good PDF document for the proceedings), together with many tricks I found, this \LaTeX{} class provides the following features:
%    \begin{enumerate}
%      \item automatically generates the whole proceedings, after changing any of its paper information (thanks to \LaTeX!);
%      \item concatenates papers by inserting several individual documents into one document (with  \package{pdfpages});
%      \item provides `clickable' links (hyper-references) from the table of contents, the index of authors and the full bibliography to access to the corresponding page(s) (with \package{hyperref});
%      \item provides access to individual papers: a click on any paper's page opens the corresponding PDF paper (that still has its internal links); this feature comes with \package{pdfpages}.
%      \item left-numbers the table of contents (using \package{titlesec});
%      \item displays the index of authors with two or three columns (hack derived from \package{twocolindex}, and using \package{multicolumn});
%      \item organizes the bookmarks by proceedings' sections: the preamble, the table of contents, the days/sessions, the full bibliography, and the index of authors. Also, authors' names appear under their relative paper title.
%      \item organizes the table of contents: only the index of authors appearing in the table of contents (using \package{tocbibind}); 
%      \item provides full bibliography, or at least help and informations for you to build one, with right-flushed back-reference page numbers.
%      \item enables fast \LaTeX\ run, using the \Lopt{draft} option of \package{pdfpages}. Useful when repetitively correcting errors, changing the layout (index, bookmarks, table of contents), merging bibliographies, etc. However, note that with this option, \package{pdfpages} does not generate the bookmark data. So, do not use it for final \LaTeX{} runs!
%      \item orders the packages. As \package{hyperref} redefines most of LaTeX internal commands, a lot of care has to be taken when ordering the insertion of packages, otherwise some of the features can disappear.
%      \item gives information about the merging process involved to generate a general bibliography, as well as about production issues.
%    \end{enumerate}
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Pros and cons reorganized}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Pros and cons
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{The pros and cons}
%    \label{subsec:prosandcons}
%
%    There are numerous advantages with the \package{\filename} class, as it:
%    \begin{itemize}
%       \item provides an all-in-one package (with various useful scripts);
%       \item saves time: you can directly re-use the tricks I found;
%       \item provides several commands and options to customize your document;
%       \item correctly inserts the \package{hyperref} package as the last one, so that it can properly redefine all internal macros as it does.
%    \end{itemize}
%    There are also disadvantages, among which:
%    \begin{itemize}
%       \item the order of package insertion is fixed, and you may not change it. Otherwise, by adding packages after the class insertion, you may break the \LaTeX{} commands redefined by \package{hyperref}. This package has to be inserted last, but will not be anymore after you add packages in your document. This is the main limitation I can think of, and would appreciate any feedback, comments, tricks, that would help to resolve this issue.
%       \item not everything is transparent to the user (or look into the class code);
%       \item customization is limited to the class designer's defined commands;
%       \item  creates DAFx-like proceedings: if you liked it, great; otherwise, well, you will need to work more to change what you do not like;
%       \item the \package{\filename} package is young: its functionalities were only used 4 times, but not under the form of this class, but in its previous form of \LaTeX{} commands. I however successfully used it to re-generate the DAFx-06 proceedings.
%    \end{itemize}
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Left empty and commented out until version 1.0 is reached
%^^A =================================================================
% \subsection{What's new}
% \label{subsec:new}
%
%    Version 0.4e enhances the package by redefining book commands, and fixes several issues. Here is a list of the recent fixes (bold version numbers correspond to the uploaded version:
%     \begin{itemize}
%   	    \item[\bf (0.4e)] define page layout with the \package{geometry} package (thanks to \person{Will Robertson});
%	    \item[(0.4d)] re-organize changes history using \file{macro} environment: shorter and clearer;
%^^A	    \item[(0.4c)] bug correction: author is back in the bookmark (disappeared in v0.4a);
%	    \item[(0.4b)] 
%		\begin{itemize}
%		    \item bug correction: have \cmd{\hypersetup} evaluated only at the document beginning (then taking into account the user changes in the PDF metadata);
%		    \item remove formatting from footer and name-like commands: author, title, etc. (thanks to \person{Will Robertson});
%		    \item use \package{mathptmx} package instead of \package{times} package, and \package{nth} package instead of \cmd{\textsuperscript} command (thanks to \person{Will Robertson});
%		    \item redefine \cmd{\thebibliography} to avoid inserting a phantom item to set the introductory paragraph (thanks to \person{Will Robertson});
%		\end{itemize}
%	    \item[(0.4a)] 
%		\begin{itemize}
%		    \item allows to insert 1-page long papers (did not work in v0.3 and previous);
%		    \item instead of replacing each paper's last page by the list of its bibliography items, print them on top of the header of the last page;
%		    \item incorporate font style changes by redefining the \cmd{\mainmatter}, \cmd{\backmatter}, \cmd{\thebibliography}, \cmd{\thecontents} commands (thanks to \person{Will Robertson});
%		\end{itemize}
%	    \item[\bf (0.3)]  initial version.
%    \end{itemize}
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/30}{Todo: created}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   What have to be done?
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{To do / bugs}
%    \label{subsec:todo}
%
%    At this time this package offers all the features the original scripts did, and even more. So, as far as I am concerned, it is `complete' as is. You may however consider debugging/adding the following functionalities for you own use:
%    \begin{itemize}
%^^A      \item replace all \verb+\def+ by \verb+\newcommand+
%      \item fix the right-flush issue for a small number back-references in the bibliography;
%      \item have the pdf link pointing to the top of the page of the index/bibliography, and not to a particular position in the text;
%      \item provide a mechanism to set the argument of \verb+\pdfbookmark[0]{Program}{contents}+, that customizes the table of contents bookmark entry (does not work yet);
%      \item use the \package{keyval} package to properly manage options like \verb+<option>=<value>+;
%      \item provide package insertion {\bf before} the \package{hyperref} package from the example file (including the \package{hyperref} package with \cmd{\AtBeginDocument} did not work).
%^^A Try again with \cmd{\PassOptionToPackage[]{}} for packages that are already loaded....
%^^A     \item debug \cmd{\clearsinglepage} and \cmd{\cleardoublepage}
%      \item handle programs with parallel sessions (table of contents);
%      \item fix bugs, misspellings, etc.
%    \end{itemize}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   I'm sorry, but there are known bugs
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A    \subsection{Known Bugs}
%^^A    \label{subsec:bugs}
%
%^^A    At this time, there is only one know bug:
%^^A    \begin{itemize}
%^^A      \item 
%^^A    \end{itemize}
%^^A    If you have a solution to fix a bug or if you find a new one I'd
%^^A    be glad to hear\footnote{mail to
%^^A   \mail{Vincent Verfaille}{vincent@music.mcgill.ca}} from you!
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/07/31}{Thanks: to be changed}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Thanks
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Thanks}
%    \label{subsec:thanks}
%
%    Thanks go to \person{Philippe Depalle} for offering me to edit the DAFx-06 proceedings, to \person{Julien Boissinot} for saying ``Why don't you make a class?'', to \person{Will Robertson} for suggesting  many improvements (v0.4a--e), and to the guinea-pigs of the previous scripts: \person{Gary Scavone}, \person{Sylvain Marchand}, \person{Marije Baalman}, \person{Christian Kl\"under} and \person{Christian Frisson}.
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/30}{Installation: new}
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Installation: updated section, with subsubsections and Unix script for lazy people}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Installation guide
%^^A =================================================================
%    \section{Installation}
%    \label{subsec:install}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%     \subsection{Steps summary}
%
%    After checking that you have all required packages (see sec. \ref{subsec:need}), do the following:
%    \begin{enumerate}
%      \item generate the documentation: `\file{latex \filename.dtx}';
%      \item generate the \file{\filename.cls} file: `\file{latex \filename.ins}';
%      \item finish the documentation: `\file{latex \filename.dtx}' (two times);
%      \item optionally: move \file{\filename.cls}, \file{\filename.pdf} and \file{example.tex} and all the other example-related generated files;
%    \end{enumerate}
%    this is explained with more details in sec. \ref{sec:install:steps}.
%
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/30}{Docu: changing installation steps}
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Layouts: moved to the example}
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Required packages documented}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   What is required?
%^^A   What is recommended?
%^^A   What is supported?
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{What do you need}
%    \label{subsec:need}
%
%    There are some packages that are required with the use of \package{\filename}, while others are simply recommended:
%    \begin{enumerate}
%      \item Packages, that are essentially required by \package{\filename}:
%        \begin{enumerate}
%          \item \LaTeXe\ (at least the 1994/12/01~release)\\
%	    \ctan: \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base}{macros/latex/base}\\
% 	    \package{\filename} is a \LaTeXe\ document-class.
%^^A          \item \color{red}\package{graphicx}
%^^A             (at least 1996/08/05 v1.0a) \\
%^^A	        \ctan: \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/graphicx.dtx}{macros/latex/required/graphics/graphicx.dtx} \\
%^^A             The logos are included by using the \cmd{\includegraphics}~command provided by \package{graphicx}.  \color{black}
%          \item \package{pdfpages}
%             (at least 2006/08/12 v0.4a)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pdfpages/pdfpages.dtx}{macros/latex/contrib/pdfpages/pdfpages.dtx}\\
%	        For including the articles of the proceedings as PDF documents.
%          \item \package{hyperref}
%             (at least 2007/02/07 v6.75r)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx}{macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx}\\
%	        For creating hyper-references in the PDF file.
%          \item \package{hypcap}
%             (at least 2006/02/20 v1.5)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.dtx}{macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hypcap.dtx}\\
%	        To provide proper hyperref anchors to table and figure captions.
%          \item \package{color}
%             (at least 2005/11/14 v1.0j)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/color.dtx}{macros/latex/required/graphics/color.dtx}\\
%	        This package is used at least by \package{hyperref} to provide color links.
%          \item \package{fancyhdr}
%             (at least 2005/03/22 v3.2)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.sty}{macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.sty}\\
%	        Used to change the headers and footers for all pages of the proceedings, so that they can match the paper template style, if any.
%          \item \package{index}
%             (at least 2004/01/20 v4.2beta)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/index/index.dtx}{macros/latex/contrib/index/index.dtx}\\
%	        Used to produce the index of authors.
%          \item \package{tocbibind}
%             (at least 2003/03/13 v1.5g)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/tocbibind/tocbibind.dtx}{macros/latex/contrib/tocbibind/tocbibind.dtx}\\
%	        For changing the \cmd{\indexname} command and disabling automatic insertion of index in the table of contents.
%          \item \package{titletoc}
%             (at least 2005/01/22 v1.5)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titletoc.sty}{macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titletoc.sty}\\
%	        For changing the table of contents layout. 
%          \item \package{multitoc}
%             (at least 1999/06/08 v2.01)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ms/multitoc.dtx}{macros/latex/contrib/ms/multitoc.dtx}\\
%	        Used to provide a two column table of contents.
%          \item \package{multicol}
%             (at least 2006/05/18 v1.6g)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.dtx}{macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.dtx}\\
%	        Used to provide multi-column index of authors.
%          \item \package{newapa}
%             (at least 1991/06/13 v2.0)\\  
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/newapa/}{biblio/bibtex/contrib/newapa/}\\ 
%	        For the general bibliography (N.B.: it is slightly modified after insertion).
%          \item \package{newapave}
%             (at least 2006/07/31 v2.1)\\  
%             Included in the \package{\filename} package.\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/conferences/confproc/}{macros/latex/contrib/conferences/confproc/}\\ 
%	        For the general bibliography style, if you like the one developed for DAFx-06 (year at the end, before back-references that are right-flushed).
%          \item \package{sectsty}
%             (at least 2002/02/25 v2.0.2)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sectsty/sectsty.dtx}{macros/latex/contrib/sectsty/sectsty.dtx}\\
%	        Used for its \cmd{\chapterfont} command to give the same headers/footers to the table of contents.
%        \end{enumerate}
%
%      \item Non-exhaustive list of packages that are being successfully used with \package{\filename} in the provided example:
%        \begin{enumerate}
%           \item \package{setspace}
%             (at least 2000/12/01 v6.7)\\
%	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/setspace/setspace.sty}{macros/latex/contrib/setspace/setspace.sty}\\
%	        For changing the line spacing of welcome letters.
%           \item \package{inputenc}
%             (at least 2006/05/05 v1.1b)\\
% 	    \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/inputenc.dtx}{macros/latex/base/inputenc.dtx}\\
%	    For changing the input encoding, for instance to run \LaTeX{} on a document with accents (for the authors' names and the paper titles).
%           \item \package{fontenc}
%             (at least 2005/09/27 v1.99g)\\
% 	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/unpacked/fontenc.sty}{macros/latex/unpacked/fontenc.sty}\\
%	        For changing the font encoding.
%		 \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Pkg: \package{mathptmx} replaces \package{times}}
%           \item \package{mathptmx} 
%             (at least 2005/04/12 PSNFSS-v9.2a)\\
% 	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/psnfss/}{macros/latex/required/psnfss/}\\
%	        For changing the default \LaTeX{} font to `Times' for a better PDF display.
%   		\changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Pkg: \package{nth} for superscript ordinals}
%           \item \package{nth} 
%             (at least 2002/02/27)\\
% 	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/misc/nth.sty}{macros/generic/misc/nth.sty}\\
%	        For superscript ordinals in the proceedings name (\nth{9}).
%^^A           \item \package{amsmath}
%^^A             (at least 2000/07/18 v2.13)\\
%^^A 	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/amsmath.dtx}{macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/amsmath.dtx}\\
%^^A             For AMS math, as you may have some math displayed even in the preamble or postamble of the proceedings.
%^^A           \item \package{amssymb}
%^^A             (at least 2002/01/22 v2.2d)\\
%^^A 	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/doc/latex/amssymb.dtx}{fonts/amsfonts/doc/latex/amssymb.dtx}\\
%^^A	        For AMS symbols (same reason).
%           \item \package{layout}
%             (at least 2000/09/25 v1.2c)\\
% 	        \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/layout.dtx}{macros/latex/required/tools/layout.dtx}\\
%             For fine tuning you document header and footer so that they match those of the paper templates.
%           \item \package{layouts}
%             (at least 2004/10/25 v2.6c)\\
% 	       \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/layouts/layouts.dtx}{macros/latex/contrib/layouts/layouts.dtx}\\
%             For checking the fine tuning of the table of contents layout, in which case the \package{layouts} package is for you. However, if the table of contents layout is printed too early, it will not properly display its layout...
%           \item \package{geometry}
%             (at least 2002/07/08 v3.2)\\
% 	       \ctan:  \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/geometry/geometry.dtx}{macros/latex/contrib/geometry/geometry.dtx}\\
%             For simplified page layout setting.
%        \end{enumerate}
%
%^^A  \item Packages, that are supported by
%^^A        \package{\filename}:
%^^A    \begin{enumerate}
%^^A      \item
%^^A    \end{enumerate}
%    \end{enumerate}
%
%    Under normal circumstances you don't have to install so many of these packages (except \package{\filename} of course: its installation process is described in the next section), since most of them should be part of your \LaTeX{} distribution.  If this is not the case you'll find the most recent versions at \ctan\footnote{Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive Network: \href{http://www.ctan.org/}{\sf http://www.ctan.org/}}.
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Installation steps}\label{sec:install:steps}
%
%    The provided \package{\filename.dtx} file is an `one-file-contains-it-all': it contains the \file{.cls} class file, its \file{.pdf} documentation, %a customizable driver for the documentation, 
%    the \file{.ins} batch file, a complete example, and a `read me'.
%    To install the package:
%    \begin{enumerate}
%      \item run \file{\filename.dtx} through \LaTeX. This will generate the batch file (\file{\filename.ins}) and a \file{readme.txt}.  Additionally the documentation (\file{\filename.pdf}) is generated (to get the cross-references right, you have to rerun this twice, however).
%      \item run the newly generated \file{\filename.ins} through \LaTeX{} to do the actual installation. This will generate the \file{\filename.cls}~class file, the example file (\file{example.tex}) as well as other example-related files (\file{exsessions.tex}, \file{expapersswitch.tex}, \file{exbiblio.bib} and \file{exprogram.csv}) and scripts (Perl: \file{procswitchandtoc.pl}; Unix: \file{buildcls}, \file{cleancls}, , \file{buildproc}, \file{buildpapers} and \file{buildcppdfpapers}), the documentation driver (\file{\filename.drv}) and a sample configuration file (\file{\filename.cfg}).
%^^A  Normally, if you set \cmd{\BaseDirectory}\footnote{see the documentation of the \file{docstrip}~program: \cite{mittelbach:1999:docstrip}} in your \file{docstrip.cfg}, the document-class \file{\filename.cls} is immediately moved to an appropriate location (e.g.\ `\file{\$(TEXMF)/tex/latex/misc/}' with a \tds\footnote{\TeX\ Directory Structure, see \cite{twgtds:1999:tds}} compliant \LaTeX\ installation).  Otherwise you have to move it yourself into a directory searched by \LaTeX.\\
%^^A    Normally (with a \tds\ installation) all configuration
%^^A    (\file{.cfg}) files are collected in
%^^A    `\file{\$(TEXMF)/tex/latex/config/}'.  Since there may be already
%^^A    an older `\file{\filename.cfg}' that perhaps mustn't be
%^^A    overwritten, you have to move (and merge) the file yourself.
%
%       \item to finish the installation it is recommended to move the documentation (\file{\filename.pdf}) and the example-related files to where you collect the documentations (with a \tds\ compliant \LaTeX\ installation this would be `\file{\$(TEXMF)/doc/tex/latex/\filename}' for example).
%
%      \item for a demonstration of the possibilities of \package{\filename} see the \file{example.tex} file and run it through \LaTeX . For a more complete demonstration, use the \file{buildproc} Unix script (see sec. \ref{sec:scripts:buildproc}), that will make for you all the necessary steps to provide the final version of the example proceedings.
%    \end{enumerate}
%
%    The `\file{latex \filename.dtx}'-run above will---by
%    default---generate the `user' documentation.  If you need the
%    full documentation (with complete listing of the documented
%    source code and/or command index and the change history) you may
%    edit \file{\filename.drv} to meet your needs (never edit
%    \file{\filename.dtx} itself!).  For more information on the
%    enhanced documentation see \file{\filename.drv} or
%    \file{readme.txt}.
%
%^^A\changes{0.2f}{2007/09/05}{Scripts: Unix `buildcls' script added}
%^^A\changes{0.2g}{2007/09/07}{Scripts: Unix `buildcls' script shorten}
%^^A\changes{0.2g}{2007/09/07}{Scripts: Unix `buildcls' script with chmod on the Perl script, + example of use of the script}
%^^A\changes{0.2h}{2007/09/12}{Scripts: Unix `buildcls' script moves example files in `example/'}
%^^A\changes{0.2i}{2007/09/24}{Scripts: Unix `buildcls' script moves the index style `confproc.ist' in `example/'}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Unix script to make the class}
%
%    You may consider using this Unix script (after setting the path to \LaTeXe\ binaries) in order to generate the class and the documentation, and to prepare the example-related files. It uses \file{bash}:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*buildcls>
#!/bin/sh
%    \end{macrocode}
%    First, you may set the path to \LaTeXe\ binaries:
%    \begin{macrocode}
#-- set path to LaTeX binaries
LaPath="/usr/texbin/" #- TexLive 2007
#LaPath="/usr/local/teTeX/bin/i386-apple-darwin-current/" #- teTeX
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and then, only if necessary, change the names to the \LaTeX{} compilers:
%    \begin{macrocode}
#-- set names of LaTeX and related compilers
Latex=$LaPath"pdflatex"
Index=$LaPath"makeindex"
%    \end{macrocode}
%    as well as the document and example target names:
%    \begin{macrocode}
Target="confproc"  #- set document's name
extarget="example" #- se tthe example folder name
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We can start building the documentation and the \file{.ins} file:
%    \begin{macrocode}
#-- build doc, class and example files
$Latex $Target.dtx #- build doc. and .ins file
$Latex $Target.ins #- build class and example files
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We then create the example folder: 
%    \begin{macrocode}
#-- prepare scripts for building example
mkdir $extarget #- create the folder
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and move the example-related files and scripts:
%    \begin{macrocode}
mv ex*.* $extarget/ #move all example files into it
mv buildproc.tex $extarget/buildproc # move scripts into it
mv buildcppdfpapers.tex $extarget/buildcppdfpapers
mv buildpapers.tex $extarget/buildpapers
mv procswitchandtoc.pl $extarget/
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We also copy the class, the index style, the bibliography style, and the example related folders:
%    \begin{macrocode}
cp -r pictures $extarget/ #- copy pictures into it
cp -r papers $extarget/ #- copy papers into it
cp confproc.cls $extarget/ #- copy the class into it
cp confproc.ist $extarget/ #- copy the index style into it
cp newapave.* $extarget/ #- copy the newapave bib style files
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We then change the permission of the example-related scripts:
%    \begin{macrocode}
cd $extarget
chmod +x buildproc
chmod +x procswitchandtoc.pl
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and move the \file{expages.tex} generated file to the right place:
%    \begin{macrocode}
mv expages.tex papers/
cd ..
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Once it is done, we can finish the documentation. this full sequence is only necessary if you generate the implementation, index and changes history:
%    \begin{macrocode}
#-- finish to build the documentation
$Latex $Target.dtx #- re-run doc for toc update
$Latex $Target.dtx #- re-run doc for proper back-references
$Index -s gind.ist $Target  #- with \CodelineIndex of \PageIndex
$Index -s gglo.ist -o $Target.gls $Target.glo  #- with \RecordChanges
$Latex $Target.dtx #- insert index & list of changes, re-number
$Latex $Target.dtx #- last run with proper page numbers
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Since there are 2 scripts, one to install (this one) and one to clean up all the mess (mainly used by me during building tests), we also prepare the latter:
%    \begin{macrocode}
#-- prepare scripts for cleaning package
mv cleancls.tex cleancls
chmod +x cleancls
%    \end{macrocode}
%    By uncommenting the last line, you will also build the example!
%    \begin{macrocode}
#-- build example
cd $extarget
#./buildproc 
%</buildcls>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    This script is generated by the first \LaTeX\ run on \package{confproc.dtx}. You then have to change its permission in the \verb+bash+ shell to make it executable:\begin{verbatim}
%chmod +x buildcls
%\end{verbatim}
%    Then, you can run it from the \verb+bash+ shell:\begin{verbatim}
%./buildcls
%\end{verbatim}
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.2f}{2007/09/05}{Scripts: Unix `cleancls' script added}
%^^A\changes{0.2g}{2007/09/07}{Scripts: Unix `cleancls' script shorten}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Unix script to clean up the class' folder}
%
%    Here is another Unix script for cleaning up the folder where the class was generated:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*cleancls>
#!/bin/sh
mkdir backup #--- move the files to be kept
mv confproc.dtx backup/
mv buildcls backup/
cp cleancls backup/
mv pd1enc.def backup/
rm *.* #--- clean up!
mv backup/confproc.dtx . #--- move the backed up files
mv backup/buildcls .
mv backup/cleancls .
mv backup/pd1enc.def .
rm -r backup #--- remove the temporary backup folder
%</cleancls>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    You may want to use it to re-generate the whole package from the \file{.dtx} file.
%    Note that this script too is generated by the first \LaTeX\ run on the \package{confproc.dtx} file.
%
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   How to use confproc
%^^A =================================================================
%    \section{Using the \package{\filename} package}
%    \label{sec:usage}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Loading
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Loading}
%    \label{subsec:load}
%
%    The class is loaded with:\begin{verbatim}
%\documentclass{confproc}
%\end{verbatim}
%    You can modify the behavior of \package{\filename} with options
%    (all available options are described below in subsection
%    \ref{subsec:options}):\begin{verbatim}
%\documentclass[<options>]{confproc}
%\end{verbatim}
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/30}{Options: new}
%^^A\changes{0.2f}{2007/09/05}{Options: adding DescribeMacro for all}
%^^A\changes{0.2g}{2007/09/07}{Cmds: adding DescribeMacro for all}
%^^A\changes{0.2g}{2007/09/07}{Options: re-organizing section}
%    \changes{0.4f}{2007/10/7}{Explain that the `draft' option removes the bookmarks}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Available Options
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Options}
%    \label{subsec:options}
%
%    There are two types of options: some are specific to the \package{\filename} class (sometimes also passed to other packages), others are simply passed to the \package{book} class, the \package{hyperref} or  \package{pdfpages} packages.
%^^A\changes{0.2b}{2007/08/16}{Options: adding default}
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Options: finished the alphabetical list of all options}
%^^A\changes{0.3}{2007/09/26}{Options: moved the alphabetical list of all options}
%     A summary of all options is given in Tab.~\ref{tab:options:all:1} and \ref{tab:options:all:2}. 
%^^A     \color{red} {\sc find a way to get a 2-pages table, \eg{} using the \package{longtable.sty}} file \color{black}
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.2b}{2007/08/16}{Options: description added for \package{\filename} options}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Options specific to \package{\filename}}\label{sec:options:confproc}
%    
%    \subsubsection*{Compilation step}  
%    
%    The option \DescribeMacro{compil}\Lopt{compil} with one of its 3 possible values is the most important option to set, as it changes the page numbering and the speed of the \LaTeX\ run, once the other options dealing with the layout suit you. Depending if you are working on the conference program definition, on merging the bibliographic items, or on producing the final document, you will use one of the three following options:
%    \begin{itemize}
%       \item \DescribeMacro{compil=bibmerge}\Lopt{compil=bibmerge}: this first option is to be used if you are generating a general bibliography for the proceedings. It will then only insert the first and last page of each paper, plus a page with all citations from the current paper (thus creating back-references from the bibliography, as for the \Lopt{compil=bibbackref} option, except that page numbers are not the final ones). This means that page numbering of PDF papers is incorrect, but the \LaTeX\ run is faster.
%       \item \DescribeMacro{compil=bibbackref}\Lopt{compil=bibbackref}: this option is for all but last \LaTeX{} runs, once you finished the bibliography merging process. It generates proper back-references from the bibliography by replacing the last page of the paper by an inclusion of citations to the paper it cites. It also generates proper page numbering for the table of contents and the index of authors. This requires several \LaTeX{} runs, as you can see in the corresponding Unix script in sec.~\ref{sec:scripts:buildproc}. You will then need a final compilation with the \Lopt{compil=last} option. If you need to check page numbering of the articles, then use the \Lopt{final} option too, to force inserting the PDF instead of a blank page, together with the \Lopt{movepagenumber} option if your articles have page numbers.
%       \item \DescribeMacro{compil=last}\Lopt{compil=last}: this is for the last \LaTeX{} run. It means that you previously defined you r program (paper ordering), generated the general bibliography (and merged common items), re-compiled all papers if necessary (in order to re-number them all, and have them using the new bibliography), and compiled the document enough times with the \Lopt{compil=bibbackref} option, so as to have proper page numbering and back-references in the table of contents, the index of authors and the general bibliography (see sec.~\ref{sec:confproc:compil} and \ref{sec:confproc:compil:script}).
%    \end{itemize}
%
%    As the \LaTeX\ run may be long when only making a small change, you may want to speed up the process by using the \Lopt{draft} \DescribeMacro{draft} option from the \package{pdfpages} package (see sec. \ref{sec:options:pdfpages}). This is useful for instance when making layout changes, editing the welcome letters, or working on generating proper page numbering. This will replace each PDF page by an almost blank page. The other possible option is \DescribeMacro{final} \Lopt{final}. Note that it is configured by default depending on the \Lopt{compil} option you used, but can be modified anyway. Also, note that with \Lopt{draft}, \package{pdfpages} does not generate the bookmark data. So, do not use it for final \LaTeX{} runs!
%
%     Also, the \DescribeMacro{verbose}\Lopt{verbose} or \DescribeMacro{debug}\Lopt{debug} option adds some debug comments in the \LaTeX{} console, both from \package{\filename} and \package{hyperref} packages, that might help to track problems if any. It can be used at any compilation step, of course!
%
%    
%    \subsubsection*{Proceedings type} 
%    
%    Depending wether the proceedings are to be printed or distributed as a PDF electronic document,  you may prefer to have color links or not\footnote{Remember that color is expensive to be printed, and when printed in a grey scale, it may reduce the readibility of the linking text.}. All the hyperlink features work properly by default, so the only option you have to set is:
%    \begin{itemize}
%       \item \DescribeMacro{printed}\Lopt{printed} for a version with black links (identical to the \Lopt{colorlinks=false} option of the \package{pdfpages} package, see sec. \ref{sec:options:pdfpages});
%       \item \DescribeMacro{electronic}\Lopt{electronic} for a version with user-defined colors for links (identical to the default \Lopt{colorlinks=true} option of the \package{pdfpages} package, see sec.~\ref{sec:options:pdfpages}).
%    \end{itemize}
%
%    \subsubsection*{Proceedings layout}
%
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Layouts: moved to the example}
%    The next options deal with the layout customization for the table of contents, the index of authors and the general bibliography:
%    \begin{itemize}
%       \item \DescribeMacro{onecoltoc}\Lopt{onecoltoc}: prints the table of contents with one column (default);
%       \item \DescribeMacro{twocoltoc}\Lopt{twocoltoc}: prints the table of contents with two columns;
%       \item \DescribeMacro{tocnumleft}\Lopt{tocnumleft}: prints page numbers on the left of table of contents (default), as chosen for DAFx-06 as it seems to provides faster click access to the papers.
%       \item \DescribeMacro{tocnumright}\Lopt{tocnumright}: prints page numbers on the right of table of contents;
%       \item \DescribeMacro{onecolbib}\Lopt{onecolbib}: prints the general bibliography with 1 column;
%       \item \DescribeMacro{twocolbib}\Lopt{twocolbib}: prints the general bibliography with 2 columns  (default);
%       \item \DescribeMacro{threecolindex}\Lopt{threecolindex}: prints the index of authors with 3 columns (default);
%       \item \DescribeMacro{twocolindex}\Lopt{twocolindex}: prints the index of authors with 2 columns.
%    \end{itemize}
%    
%    \subsubsection*{Headers}\label{sec:headers} 
%
%    The next four settings for the \Lopt{headers} option should be used as exclusive settings, as they define to which pages a header and footer should be added:  
%    \begin{itemize}
%       \item \DescribeMacro{headers=no}\Lopt{headers=no} (default): no headers added to any pages;
%       \item \DescribeMacro{headers=pdfonly}\Lopt{headers=pdfonly}: headers only added to PDF-included files;
%       \item \DescribeMacro{headers=exceptpdf}\Lopt{headers=exceptpdf}: headers added to all pages except PDF-included files;
%       \item \DescribeMacro{headers=allpages}\Lopt{headers=allpages}: headers for all pages.
%    \end{itemize}
%    For instance, if your paper templates do not have any template (simplest solution as you do not have to renumber all papers nor to tweak the $x$ and $y$ shift for PDF insertion), you may use the \Lopt{headers=allpages}. Conversely, if your paper template have a header and footer defined, you may use the \Lopt{headers=exceptpdf}. In the case you want proceedings without header/footer (you may want to add them in Acrobat with other fancy fonts and layout), use the \Lopt{headers=no} option. Finally, if (for a strange reason I did not figure out yet) you want to insert header/footer on the PDF inserted papers only, use the \Lopt{headers=pdfonly}.
%
%    In the case you are using paper templates with page numbers, you may want to check that the page numbering of the papers is ok. You can do so using the \DescribeMacro{movepagenumbers}\Lopt{movepagenumbers} option, that moves the footer by a few millimeters down, combined with the \Lopt{headers=allpages} or \Lopt{headers=pdfonly}. You will see two footers appearing: the one from the paper, and below the one from the proceedings.
%
%    Depending wether your document is \Lopt{oneside} or \Lopt{twoside}, you may want to force it to always clear single or double page. Do this using the following options:
%    \begin{itemize}
%       \item \DescribeMacro{cleardoublepage} \Lopt{cleardoublepage} (default);
%       \item \DescribeMacro{clearsinglepage} \Lopt{clearsinglepage}.
%    \end{itemize}
%    You may want to force it to always:
%    \begin{itemize}
%       \item clear double page after each paper in 1-side mode using \DescribeMacro{cleardoublepage} \Lopt{cleardoublepage}  (used with \Lopt{oneside});
%       \item not clear double page after each paper in 2-side mode using \DescribeMacro{clearsinglepage} \Lopt{clearsinglepage}  (used with \Lopt{twoside}).
%    \end{itemize}
%
%^^A\changes{0.2b}{2007/08/16}{Options: added descriptions for \package{book} options}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Options from the \package{book} package}\label{sec:options:book}
%    
%    The following options are passed to the \package{book} class:
%    \begin{itemize}
%       \item \DescribeMacro{a4paper}\Lopt{a4paper}: for the European A4 paper (also passed to \package{hyperref});
%       \item \DescribeMacro{letterpaper}\Lopt{letterpaper}: for the North American letter paper (also passed to \package{hyperref});
%       \item \DescribeMacro{10pt,11pt,12pt}\Lopt{10pt}, \Lopt{11pt} and \Lopt{12pt} for the font size;
%       \item \DescribeMacro{twoside}\Lopt{twoside} for two-sided documents (chapters only start on odd \& right pages). Note that by default, this option will add a blank page to all inserted papers with an odd number of pages, so that they all start on a right page. This does not save paper, but provides  proceedings that are much easier to navigate.
%       \item \DescribeMacro{oneside}\Lopt{oneside} for one-sided documents (chapters may start on any page).
%    \end{itemize}
%
%
%  \begin{table}[htbp]
%     \centering
%     \begin{tabular}{lcp{1.8cm}p{6cm}}\hline
%        Option    & Default & Package(s) & Values/Function\\ \hline
%            \Lopt{10pt} & $\surd$ & \package{book}, \package{confproc} & 10 pt is normal font size\\
%        \Lopt{11pt} & --- & \package{book}, \package{confproc} & 11 pt is normal font size\\ 
%        \Lopt{12pt}  & --- & \package{book}, \package{confproc} & 12 pt is normal font size\\
%            \Lopt{backref} & $\surd$ & \package{hyperref} & add reference page number and link for each bibliographic item in the general bibliography \\
%            \Lopt{breaklinks} & $\surd$ & \package{hyperref} & allows links to break over lines by making links over multiple lines into PDF links to the same target (great for table of contents and bibliography in two columns)\\
%            \Lopt{citecolor=colorforcite} & green & \package{hyperref} & use the user-defined \Lopt{colorforcite} color for links to bibliography items cited \\
%            \Lopt{colorlinks=false} & --- & \package{hyperref} & links without colors. Equivalent to \Lopt{printed}\\ 
%            \Lopt{colorlinks} & --- & \package{hyperref} & links with colors. Equivalent to \Lopt{colorlinks=true} and \Lopt{electronic}\\
%            \Lopt{colorlinks=true} & $\surd$ & \package{hyperref} & links with colors. Equivalent to \Lopt{colorlinks} and \Lopt{electronic}\\
%        \Lopt{compil} & \Lopt{bibbackref}  & \package{confproc} & \Lopt{last}: for the final compilation\\
%          &   &   & \Lopt{bibmerge}: faster compilation for working on the general bibliography \\
%        &   &    & \Lopt{bibbackref}: preparing back-references for the final compilation \\
%        \Lopt{debug} & ---  & \package{hyperref}, \package{\filename} & adds debug info when running \LaTeX{}. Same as \Lopt{verbose} \\
%        \Lopt{draft} & ---  & \package{pdfpages} & does not include PDF papers nor creates bookmark \\
%        \Lopt{electronic} & $\surd$ & \package{confproc} & links with colors. Identical to \Lopt{colorlinks=true} from \package{pdfpages} \\
%        \Lopt{final} & $\surd$  & \package{pdfpages} & includes all PDF papers (slow) \\
%        \Lopt{headers} & no  & \package{confproc} & \Lopt{no}: no headers added to any pages\\
%             & --- &  & \Lopt{pdfonly}: headers only added to papers included as PDFs\\
%             & --- &  & \Lopt{exceptpdf}: headers added to all pages except to papers included as PDFs (default)\\
%             & --- &  & \Lopt{headers=allpages}: headers for all pages, PDFs included\\
%            \Lopt{hyperindex} & $\surd$ & \package{hyperref} & text of index entries are hyperlinks, to link authors form the index to their various papers\\ \hline
%      \end{tabular}
%      \caption{{\it Alphabetical list of all options 1/2}}
%      \label{tab:options:all:1}
%    \end{table}
%
%    \begin{table}[htbp]
%       \centering
%       \begin{tabular}{lcp{1.8cm}p{6cm}}\hline
%        Option    & Default & Package(s) & Values/Function\\ \hline
%            \Lopt{linkcolor=colorforlink} & red & \package{hyperref} & use the user-defined \Lopt{colorforlink} color for links, such as from the index of authors, table of contents and general bibliography back-references\\
%            \Lopt{linktocpage} & $\surd$ & \package{hyperref} & link provided by page number instead of text\\
%        \Lopt{movepagenumbers} & ---  & \package{confproc} & move page numbers down by a few millimeters  \\
%        \Lopt{onecoltoc} & $\surd$  & \package{confproc} & one column table of contents \\
%            \Lopt{oneside} & --- & \package{book}, \package{confproc} &  for one-sided documents (new chapters start on odd \& right pages) \\
%            \Lopt{pdfpagelabels} & $\surd$ & \package{hyperref} & set PDF page labels: compulsory for creating any link to page!\\
%            \Lopt{pdfstartview=XYZ} & $\surd$ & \package{hyperref} & open the PDF file in Acrobat with zoom=100\% instead of full screen\\
%            \Lopt{pdftex} & $\surd$ & \package{hyperref} & set up \package{hyperref} for use with the pdftex program \\
%            \Lopt{plainpages=false} & $\surd$ & \package{hyperref} & forces page anchors to be named by the arabic form of the page number, rather than the formatted form\\
%        \Lopt{printed} & --- & \package{confproc} & links without color. Identical to \Lopt{colorlinks=false} from \package{pdfpages} \\
%            \Lopt{raiselinks} & $\surd$ & \package{hyperref} & forces \cmd{\special} commands to reflect the real height of the link (which could contain a graphic)\\
%        \Lopt{tocnumleft} & $\surd$  & \package{confproc} & left page numbering table of contents \\
%        \Lopt{tocnumright} & ---  & \package{confproc} & right page numbering table of contents \\
%        \Lopt{threecolindex} & ---  & \package{confproc} & three columns index of authors \\
%        \Lopt{twocolindex} & ---  & \package{confproc} & two columns index of authors \\
%        \Lopt{twocoltoc} & ---  & \package{confproc} & two columns table of contents \\
%            \Lopt{urlcolor=colorforurl} & cyan & \package{hyperref} & use the user-defined  \Lopt{colorforurl} color for URL (general bibliography, publishing information)\\
%        \Lopt{verbose} & ---  & \package{hyperref}, \package{\filename} & adds debug info when running \LaTeX{}. Same as \Lopt{debug} \\
%            \Lopt{a4paper} & ---  & \package{hyperref}, \package{confproc} & European A4 paper\\
%            \Lopt{letterpaper} & $\surd$ & \package{hyperref}, \package{confproc} & North American letter paper\\
%           \Lopt{twoside} & $\surd$ & \package{book}, \package{confproc} & two-sided documents (new chapters do not start on odd \& right pages)\\ \hline
%      \end{tabular}
%      \caption{{\it Alphabetical list of all options 2/2}}
%      \label{tab:options:all:2}
%    \end{table}
%
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.2b}{2007/08/16}{Options: added descriptions for \package{hyperref} options}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Options from the \package{hyperref} package}\label{sec:options:hyperref}
%
%    As the \package{\filename} package is based on the \package{hyperref} package for all PDF and links aspects, there are many options you can change:
%    \begin{itemize}
%      \item \DescribeMacro{colorlinks=true}\DescribeMacro{colorlinks}\Lopt{colorlinks=true} or \Lopt{colorlinks} provides color links in the table of contents, index of authors and general bibliography to the corresponding pages in the proceedings. This option has the same effect as the \Lopt{electronic} option from the \package{\filename} package.
%      \item \DescribeMacro{colorlinks=false}\Lopt{colorlinks=false} provides links without color, which is particularly helpful for printed proceedings (where using color increases the cost of printing, or reduces the quality if printed in black and white). This option has the same effect as the \Lopt{printed} option from the \package{\filename} package.
%      \item \DescribeMacro{citecolor=colorforcite}\Lopt{citecolor=colorforcite} uses the color \Lopt{colorforcite} (to be defined by the used) for links to bibliography items cited;
%      \item \DescribeMacro{linkcolor=colorforlink}\Lopt{linkcolor=colorforlink} uses the color \Lopt{colorforlink} for links, such as from the index of authors, table of contents and general bibliography back-references;
%      \item \DescribeMacro{urlcolor=colorforurl}\Lopt{urlcolor=colorforurl} uses the color \Lopt{colorforurl} for URL, mainly in the general bibliography but also in the publishing information, for example;
%      \item \DescribeMacro{verbose,debug}\Lopt{verbose} and \Lopt{debug} prints more information from the \package{hyperref} package;
%       \item \DescribeMacro{a4paper,letterpaper}\Lopt{a4paper} or \Lopt{letterpaper} are options passed to \package{hyperref};
%       \item \DescribeMacro{bookmarksopen} \Lopt{bookmarksopen=true}/\Lopt{false}: opens/closes the bookmark in the PDF file (NB: requires to pdf\LaTeX{} runs to reflect changes); 
%       \item \DescribeMacro{bookmarksopenlevel} \Lopt{bookmarksopenlevel=1}/\Lopt{0}/\Lopt{2}: the  bookmark is open at level 1, resp. 0, 2 (NB: requires to pdf\LaTeX{} runs to reflect changes). 
%    \end{itemize}
%
%    There are also several options that are given by default to the \package{hyperref} package, and that you should not change except you exactly know what you are doing and why. Indeed, they change specific properties of hyperlinks (such as back-references) that you may which to preserve for you electronic version of the proceedings (please refer to the \package{hyperref} documentation \cite{hyperref} for more complete, accurate and up-to-date descriptions):
%    \begin{itemize}
%        \item \DescribeMacro{pdftex}\Lopt{pdftex}: to set up \package{hyperref} for use with the pdftex program.
%        \item \DescribeMacro{raiselinks}\Lopt{raiselinks}: in the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally calculated by the driver as simply the base line of contained text; this options forces \cmd{\special} commands to reflect the real height of the link (which could contain a graphic).
%        \item \DescribeMacro{hyperindex}\Lopt{hyperindex}: makes the text of index entries into hyperlinks. It is used for the index of authors, to link back to their various papers.
%        \item \DescribeMacro{backref}\Lopt{backref}: allows for back-references in the general bibliography.
%        \item \DescribeMacro{pagebackref}\Lopt{pagebackref}: adds `backlink' text to the end of each item in the bibliography, as a list of page numbers (this can only work properly if there is a blank line after each \cmd{\bibitem}).
%        \item \DescribeMacro{plainpages=false}\Lopt{plainpages=false}: forces page anchors to be named by the arabic form of the page number, rather than the formatted form. This is useful as the proceedings is using the \package{book} class, and therefore has a front matter (publishing information, welcome letters, table of contents, etc) before the papers.
%        \item \DescribeMacro{pdfpagelabels}\Lopt{pdfpagelabels}: sets PDF page labels, to be able to link to them.
%        \item \DescribeMacro{breaklinks}\Lopt{breaklinks}: allows links to break over lines by making links over multiple lines into PDF links to the same target. This is particularly useful for 2-columns table of contents with the option \Lopt{linktocpage=false} (not the default); and for long URLs in the general bibliography.
%        \item \DescribeMacro{linktocpage}\Lopt{linktocpage}: makes page number (instead of text) to be the link to table of contents (as well as list of figures and list of tables, but they are not often used for proceedings).
%        \item \DescribeMacro{pdfstartview=XYZ}\Lopt{pdfstartview=XYZ}: opens the PDF in Acrobat with zoom=100\% instead of full screen; especially useful if working with a big screen (\eg{} 30 inches).
%    \end{itemize}
%    {\bf Important remark}: unknown options used with the \package{\filename} package are passed to the \package{hyperref} package. That way, you can change any of the options existing in the \package{hyperref} documentation; a good thing for fine tuning your document, but at your own risks if you do not read the corresponding documentation. ^^A I hope that all the options already defined in the \package{\filename} package will be sufficient so that you do not have to use other ones.
%
%
%    \changes{0.4f}{2007/10/7}{Explain that the `draft' option removes the bookmarks}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Options from the \package{pdfpages} package}\label{sec:options:pdfpages}
%
%    The \package{\filename} package is also based on the \package{pdfpages} package for paper inclusion. There are then two options you may use, that are passed to the \package{pdfpages} package:
%    \begin{itemize}
%        \item \DescribeMacro{final}\Lopt{final}: inserts the PDF pages, resulting in a slow \LaTeX{} run. When working on the layout and on the bibliography merging process, you may want to see all included papers.
%        \item \DescribeMacro{draft}\Lopt{draft}: does not insert the PDF pages, resulting in a fast \LaTeX{} run. 
%    When working on generating the table of contents and index of authors, you may not need to see PDF documents, but rather those metadata. However, note that with this option, \package{pdfpages} does not generate the bookmark data. 
%
%    \end{itemize}
%    This pair of option \Lopt{final/draft} is {\bf not} exclusive. Therefore, if using the two, it always is \Lopt{final} that will `win'. For instance, using:\begin{verbatim}
%\documentclass[final,draft]{confproc}
%\end{verbatim}
%    you would expect the last option to be the one used by the package. In fact, it will rather use:\begin{verbatim}
%\documentclass[final]{pdfpages}
%\end{verbatim}
%    and the papers will all be included, with slower \LaTeX{} compilation. So, if you wish to use the \Lopt{draft} option, be sure not to leave any\Lopt{final} anywhere else!
%
%^^A\changes{0.2b}{2007/08/16}{Options: adding default}
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Layouts: removed layout}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Options by default}\label{sec:options:default}
%
%    By default, the set of options used (if not defined by the user) is:
%    \begin{itemize}
%        \item \Lopt{letterpaper}, \Lopt{10pt}, \Lopt{twoside} (passed to \package{book});
%        \item \Lopt{electronic}, \Lopt{twosidepapers}, \Lopt{headers=no}, \Lopt{compil=bibbackref}, \Lopt{tocnumleft}, \Lopt{onecoltoc}, \Lopt{threecolindex}, \Lopt{twocolbib};
%        \item \Lopt{colorlinks=true}, \Lopt{linkcolor=red}, \Lopt{citecolor=blue}, \Lopt{pagecolor=red}, \Lopt{urlcolor=blue}, \Lopt{bookmarksopen=true}, \Lopt{bookmarksopenlevel=1} (passed to \package{hyperref}).
%    \end{itemize}
%
%
%
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/30}{Commands: created}
%^^A\changes{0.2g}{2007/09/07}{Cmds: re-organizing/merging sections about customization}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Description of the provided commands
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Commands and customization}
%    \label{subsec:commands}\label{sec:custom}
%
%    Here is a non-exhaustive list of what you may customize in the proceedings:
%    \begin{itemize}
%      \item the proceedings PDF metadata (see sec. \ref{sec:custom:metadata});
%      \item the titles for special section (see sec. \ref{sec:custom:special:section:titles});
%      \item the front page (see sec. \ref{sec:custom:front:page});
%      \item the document layout (see sec. \ref{sec:custom:layout:doc});
%      \item the document header/footer (see sec. \ref{sec:custom:header:footer});
%      \item the publishing information;
%      \item the welcome letter(s);
%      \item the title/author style in the table of contents and bookmarks (see sec. \ref{sec:custom:title:author});
%      \item the color for links (see sec. \ref{sec:custom:colors});
%      \item and of course how many columns for the table of contents (1 or 2), bibliography (1 or 2) and index of authors (2 or 3) using options (see sec. \ref{sec:options:confproc}).
%    \end{itemize}
%    All this is implemented in the provided example; it is now re-documented just in case you would start a document from scratch.
%
% \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Pkg: \package{nth} for superscript ordinals}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{PDF metadata}\label{sec:custom:metadata}
%
%    The PDF metadata are information you will get in the operating system about the electronic version of you proceedings. There are at least three metadata you should consider setting, which are given together with their default values:
%    \begin{itemize}
%      \item PDF title (default: `Proceedings title').\\
%        Use the \DescribeMacro{\procpdftitle}\cmd{\procpdftitle} command to change it:\begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\procpdftitle}{DAFx-06 Proceedings}
%\end{verbatim}
%      \item  PDF author (default: `Proceedings author/editor').\\
%        Use the \DescribeMacro{\procpdfauthor}\cmd{\procpdfauthor} command to change it:\begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\procpdfauthor}{Vincent Verfaille, McGill University}        
%\end{verbatim}
%      \item PDF description/subject (default: `Proceedings description').\\
%        Use the \DescribeMacro{\procpdfsubject}\cmd{\procpdfsubject} command to change it:\begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\procpdfsubject}{Proc. \nth{9} Int. Conf. on%
%    Digital Audio Effects - Montreal, Quebec, Canada}
%\end{verbatim}
%    \end{itemize}
%    Those commands are used in the \DescribeMacro{\hypersetup}\cmd{\hypersetup} command (only evaluated when the document begins); you may also redefine all the setup items by redefining \cmd{\hypersetup} in your own document's preamble.
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Special section titles}\label{sec:custom:special:section:titles}
%
%    The titles of the following special sections can be redefined too:
%    \begin{itemize}
%      \item table of contents (default: `Conference Program').\\
%        Use the \DescribeMacro{\contentsname}\cmd{\contentsname} command to change it:\begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Conference Program}
%\end{verbatim}
%      \item general bibliography (default: `Full Bibliography').\\
%        Use the \DescribeMacro{\bibname}\cmd{\bibname} command to change it:\begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\bibname}{General Bibliography}
%\end{verbatim}
%      \item index of authors (default: Index of Authors').\\
%        Use the \DescribeMacro{\indexname}\cmd{\indexname} command to change it:\begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\indexname}{List of Authors}
%\end{verbatim}
%    \end{itemize}
%    You may use some the \package{titlesec} commands to redefine the chapter and section styles, if you wish to adapt them to your needs.
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Front page}\label{sec:custom:front:page}
%
%    If you wish to design the front page in the same \LaTeX\ document as the proceedings, you may use the usual \cmd{\maketitle} command as follows:\begin{verbatim}
%\author{Vincent Verfaille, McGill University}
%\title{Proc. of the \nth{9} Int. Conf. on Digital Audio Effects\\ 
%  Montreal, Quebec, Canada}
%\date{Sept 18, 2006}
%\maketitle
%\end{verbatim}
%    You may also use the commands \cmd{\procpdfauthor} \cmd{\procpdftitle} if their value is the same as for the PDF metadata:
%\begin{verbatim}
%\author{\procpdfauthor}
%\title{\procpdftitle}
%\end{verbatim}
%    It is then your turn to do fine tuning of all the parameters of this page so that it looks as you wish (potentialy with logos, images, etc).
%
%    In the DAFx-06 proceedings, we chose instead to insert the front page as a PDF document. Indeed, we found it easier to design our very own cover (using Xe\TeX), and you could consider using other tools that \LaTeX. For that reason, we used the following command instead:\begin{verbatim}
%\includepdf[noautoscale,pages=1,link]{\PICTPATH ex_1stpage.pdf}
%\end{verbatim}
%    Note that this PDF file is not generated by the package, but it is provided in the \file{.zip} archive of the package.
%
%
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Layout: set \cmd{\footskip}}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Document layout}\label{sec:custom:layout:doc}
%
%    \changes{0.4e}{2007/10/12}{Layout: use the \package{geometry} package}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \paragraph{Letter format}
%    We used the following for tuning page attributes:\begin{verbatim}
%\usepackage[width=175mm,height=229mm,voffset=-10.22mm,top=36.68mm,%
%  headsep=7.05mm,footskip=11.29mm,twoside,left=20.44mm]{geometry}
%\end{verbatim}
%    so that the proceedings layout can perfectly match the one of individual papers. This means that you have to check for those values in your template. Then, you may set the left/right and up/down shifts of the inserted PDFs files using:\begin{verbatim}
%\setlength{\LaTeXxShift}{0pt}
%\setlength{\LaTeXyShift}{-28pt}
%\setlength{\WordxShift}{10pt}
%\setlength{\WordyShift}{-40pt}
%\end{verbatim}
%    The values may differ depending if the papers were generated using a \LaTeX\ template and a Word template, in the case your templates are not perfectly identical (which is often the case). The default values provided by the class are those used for the DAFx-06 proceedings, and were tested for both letter and A4 format.
%
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Layout: set \cmd{\footskip}}
%    \changes{0.4e}{2007/10/12}{Layout: use the \package{geometry} package}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \paragraph{A4 format}
%
%    We only have to change the settings for the left/right and up/down shifts of the inserted PDFs files, fro instance using:\begin{verbatim}
%\setlength{\LaTeXxShift}{8.45pt}
%\setlength{\LaTeXyShift}{-3pt}
%\end{verbatim}
%
%^^A \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Pkg: \package{nth} for superscript ordinals}
%^^A \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Cmd: \cmd{\proccfoot} uses \cmd{\vspace} instead of \cmd{\vskip}}
%^^A \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Layout: using proper value for \cmd{\footskip} and removing the \cmd{\vspace} from \cmd{\proccfoot}}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Header and footer}\label{sec:custom:header:footer}
%
%    As the paper templates often have a header and footer, you may want to use the same headers/footers for the proceedings (using the \Lopt{headers} option, see sec.~\ref{sec:headers}). This is costumized by redefining the \DescribeMacro{\proclhead}\cmd{\proclhead} command for the header:\begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\proclhead}{\em \small Proc.~of the \nth{9} % 
%Int.~Conference on Digital Audio Effects (DAFx-06), Montreal, % 
%Canada, September 18-20, 2006}
%\end{verbatim}
%    and the \DescribeMacro{\proccfoot}\cmd{\proccfoot} for the footer:\begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\proccfoot}{\small DAFX-\thepage}
%\end{verbatim}
%    In order to check the page numbering when inserting papers with page numbers, you may want to move the footer (using the \Lopt{movepagenumbers} option, see sec.~\ref{sec:headers}) by a few millimeters down using the \DescribeMacro{\procoptfootskip}\cmd{\procoptfootskip} command:\begin{verbatim}
%\setlength{\procoptfootskip}{3mm} 
%\end{verbatim}
%    As soon as you remove the \Lopt{movepagenumbers} option, the footer comes back to its normal position.
%
%
%^^A    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Format: changing \cmd{\sc} to \cmd{\scshape}}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Title/author layout}\label{sec:custom:title:author}
%
%    The \DescribeMacro{\texorpdfstring}\cmd{\texorpdfstring} command allows for a different text in LaTeX and for the PDF (which is good for having different bookmark titles and table of contents entries). It is then used by default to add a line break between the paper title and the authors' names in the table of contents. You can customize the title font style using the \DescribeMacro{\papertitlestyle}\cmd{\papertitlestyle} command as in:\begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\papertitlestyle}{\texorpdfstring{}{\scshape}}
%\end{verbatim}
%    that defines the paper's title in small capitals. You can also customize the author font style using the \DescribeMacro{\paperauthorstyle}\cmd{\paperauthorstyle} command as in:\begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\paperauthorstyle}{\texorpdfstring{, }{\break}} 
%\end{verbatim}
%    that replaces the line break (between the paper title and the list of authors in the table of contents) by a comma in the table of contents only (not in the PDF bookmark).
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Colors}\label{sec:custom:colors}
%
%    When inserting the document class, you may have defined the colors for links with the following options:\begin{verbatim}
%\documentclass[a4paper,10pt,twoside,%
%  citecolor=colorforcite,linkcolor=colorforlink,urlcolor=colorforurl,%
%  pagecolor=colorforpage]{confproc}
%\end{verbatim}
%    This means that you have to define the \verb+citecolor+, \verb+linkcolor+, \verb+urlcolor+  and \verb+pagecolor+  colors somewhere before starting to use them (at least in your document preamble).
%    In the provided example, we used the following colors:\begin{verbatim}
%\definecolor{colorforlink}{rgb}{0,0,0.8}
%\definecolor{colorforpage}{rgb}{0,0,0.7}
%\definecolor{colorforcite}{rgb}{0,0.8,0}
%\definecolor{colorforurl}{cmyk}{1,0,0,0}
%\end{verbatim}
%    There are a few things you need to know about it:
%    \begin{itemize}
%      \item the way colors are declared is explained in the \package{color} package.
%      \item the \verb+colorforlink+ is used for all links in the table of contents and index of authors, as well as back-references.
%      \item the \verb+colorforpage+ is not currently used in the example. It will only be used if you decide to point to a given page from the preamble, for instance.
%      \item the \verb+colorforurl+ is useful only if you include URL(s) in you preamble, or in the general bibliography (if any).
%      \item the \verb+colorforcite+ is useful only in two cases:
%        \begin{itemize}
%          \item without a general bibliography: if you cite any document form the preamble (not from a paper); 
%          \item with a general bibliography: it is only used during the merging process. After this process and when generating the final document, all citations will disappear, as the last page of the paper is properly inserted.
%        \end{itemize}
%    \end{itemize}
%
%
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/30}{Example: new}
%^^A\changes{0.2i}{2007/09/21}{Example: move all extra info from the source code to the example, costumization}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   A good example (used afterwards to check if still working for DAFx-06)
%^^A =================================================================
%    \section{Full Example}
%    \label{sec:example}
%
%    Here is a working example file. it was tested by re-generating the DAFx-06 proceedings, almost one year after the conference.  The resulting PDFs were almost identical (there are improvements for bookmarks managements), but this solution is much easier to use and read. To generate it, run \file{\filename.ins} through \LaTeX .  Better, run the \verb+bash+ script called \file{buildproc} (see sec. \ref{sec:scripts:buildproc}): it will run all the steps for you.
%
%^^A\changes{0.2h}{2007/09/12}{Example: adding class switch and generation of corresponding files}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Class option switch!}
%    \label{sec:ex:input:class}
%
%    As the \LaTeX-runs of the provided example can be automatized using Unix scripts, I found it useful to switch between two set of options used when inserting the class. To do so, two files are created, and the Unix script rename then when needed, so that the example uses the proper file.
%
%    \changes{0.4f}{2007/10/7}{Explain that the `draft' option removes the bookmarks}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Options set for non-final \LaTeX\ runs}
%
%    The first file is used for all \LaTeX\ runs except the final one. In this example, it adds headers on all pages (\Lopt{headers=allpages}), and move the footer (\Lopt{movepagenumbers}) so that we can check page numbers. Also, the option is \Lopt{compil=bibbackref}, which creates proper back-references.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*exclasspre>
\documentclass[a4paper,10pt,twoside,twosidepapers,
  compil=bibbackref,headers=allpages,movepagenumbers,electronic,
  citecolor=colorforcite,linkcolor=colorforlink,urlcolor=colorforurl,
  pagecolor=colorforpage]{confproc}
%</exclasspre>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    As previously said, the \Lopt{draft} option of \package{pdfpages} does not generate the bookmark data. So, we do not use it for any of those final \LaTeX{} runs. You can of course use it any time during the layout fine tuning, conference program definition, etc. 
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Options set for final \LaTeX\ run}
%
%    The second file is used for the final \LaTeX\ run: it removes options such as \Lopt{movepagenumbers}, and uses headers only on the pages where it is necessary (using \Lopt{headers=exceptpdf}, as you may have finished the page numberings before). It also uses the \Lopt{compil=last} option, in order to insert the last page of each paper with proper back-references generated during the previous \LaTeX\ runs:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*exclasslast>
\documentclass[a4paper,10pt,twoside,twosidepapers,
  compil=last,headers=exceptpdf,electronic,
  citecolor=colorforcite,linkcolor=colorforlink,urlcolor=colorforurl,
  pagecolor=colorforpage]{confproc}
%</exclasslast>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Main file}
%    \label{sec:ex:main}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*example>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Using the \package{\filename} class}
%
%    The class is to be called as would have been the \package{book.cls}.
%    Here is a basic example:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%\documentclass[a4paper,10pt,twoside,twosidepapers,%
%%  compil=bibbackref,headers=allpages,movepagenumbers,electronic,%
%%  citecolor=colorforcite,linkcolor=colorforlink,urlcolor=colorforurl,%
%%  pagecolor=colorforpage]{confproc}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    However, as explained in the previous section, we simplified the switch between class options during all \LaTeX\ runs (in the Unix script) by using 2 files (\file{exclasspre.tex} and \file{exclasslast.tex}). The class is defined in those two files with different options set, and each one is temporary renamed as \file{exclass.tex}, and then simply inserted as:
%^^A\changes{0.1g}{2007/08/08}{Example: adding color options}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\input{exclass}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    So, the document class is \package{\filename}. The standard options \Lopt{a4paper}, \Lopt{10pt} and \Lopt{twoside} are simply passed to the book \package{class} used in background. We then provide some \package{\filename} options: \Lopt{twosidepapers} to clear double pages after papers with an odd number of pages, \Lopt{compil=bibbackref} specifying that this compilation is not the last, but one that generates proper back references for the general bibliography; \Lopt{headers=allpages} that adds a header and footer to all pages (including papers inserted); \Lopt{movepagenumbers} that moves the page numbers so that we can compare the ones of the proceeding with thoses of the inserted papers; \Lopt{electronic} to get color links, together with the four colors we use. 
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Use extra packages}
%
%    Then, one should define the extra packages to be used. 
%
%    \noindent {\bf Important note}: any package that redefines \LaTeX{} macros should be inserted before \package{hyperref}. At present, \package{\filename} does not provide any mechanism for this. Then, adding other such packages may result in bad surprises. A good temporarily solution would be to add them in the class definition itself... which is not a satisfactory solution yet. 
%^^A \color{red} {\sc Should we use something like \verb+\AtBeginDocument+ to insert the hyperref package in the class definition?} \color{black}
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Layouts: moved to the example}
%
%    At the beginning of proceedings, there often are welcome letters, which texts are not as dense as the papers themselves. Therefore, you may change the line spacing of those letters using the \package{setspace} package:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\usepackage{setspace}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    You then may change the input and font encodings, for instance to allow for running \LaTeX{} on a document with accents (in the list of authors and paper titles):
%^^A\changes{0.2h}{2007/09/12}{Example: using `utf8' instead of `latin' inputenc (no more pb with special accents).}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Also, you may change the default \LaTeX{} font to the Times font, as it displays better in PDF files:
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Pkg: \package{mathptmx} replaces \package{times}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\usepackage{mathptmx}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Note that compared to the \package{times} package, the \package{mathptmx} package doesn't change the maths font, and does not load Helvetica and Courier at horrible sizes (which looks much worse than the default sans and mono fonts in combination)\footnote{Thanks to \person{Will Robertson} for the info.}.
%    In the specific case of DAFx-06 proceedings, the headers had to contain a `$9\textsuperscript{th}$', that requires:
% \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Pkg: \package{nth} for superscript ordinals}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\usepackage[super]{nth}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Layout: set \cmd{\footskip}}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Fine tune the document layout}
%
%    You may wish to finely tune your document layout, using the \package{layout} package: 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\usepackage{layout}  
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Similarly, you may change the fine tuning of the table of contents layout, in which case the \package{layouts} package is for you:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\usepackage{layouts}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    However, if the table of contents layout is printed too early, it will not properly display its layout...
%
%    \changes{0.4e}{2007/10/12}{Layout: use the \package{geometry} package}
%    We then provide information about the default values for fine tuning the proceedings layout in letter format, so that they look as much possible as the one of the paper template. You have to check in the paper templates which settings are used, and to change the following lines accordingly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\usepackage[width=175mm,height=229mm,voffset=-10.22mm,top=36.68mm,%
  headsep=7.05mm,footskip=11.29mm,twoside,left=20.44mm]{geometry}
%%\headheight 12truept
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Then, set the left/right and up/down shift of the inserted PDFs files: 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setlength{\LaTeXxShift}{8.45pt}
\setlength{\LaTeXyShift}{-3pt}
\setlength{\WordxShift}{10pt}
\setlength{\WordyShift}{-40pt}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    An example for the provided example in  A4 format is given in sec. \ref{sec:custom:layout:doc}.
%
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Define colors for links}
%
%^^A\changes{0.1g}{2007/08/08}{Example: adding example of color definition for links}
%^^A\changes{0.1g}{2007/08/08}{Example: moving color definitions}
%    We now choose the colors used for the PDF links:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\definecolor{colorforlink}{rgb}{0,0,0.8}
%%\definecolor{colorforpage}{rgb}{0,0,0.7}
\definecolor{colorforcite}{rgb}{0,0.8,0}
\definecolor{colorforurl}{cmyk}{1,0,0,0}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Pkg: \package{nth} for superscript ordinals}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Customize proceedings' commands}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\proclhead}
%    We then customize the text for headers and footers, and second version of footer for checking page numbering. 
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}\cmd{\loclhead} renamed \cmd{\proclhead}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\proclhead}{\em \small Proc.~of the \nth{9} % 
Int.~Conference on Digital Audio Effects (DAFx-06), Montreal, % 
Canada, September 18-20, 2006} 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\proccfoot}
%    \begin{macrocode}
% \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Use \cmd{\vspace} instead of \cmd{\vskip}}
\renewcommand{\proccfoot}{\small DAFX-\thepage}
\setlength{\procoptfootskip}{3mm}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\procpdfauthor}
%    As \package{\filename} is to be used with pdf\LaTeX, we customize the PDF metadata:
%^^A\changes{0.1f}{2007/08/03}{\cmd{\locpdfauthor} renamed \cmd{\procpdfauthor}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\procpdfauthor}{Vincent Verfaille, McGill University}        
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\procpdftitle}
%^^A\changes{0.1f}{2007/08/03}{\cmd{\locpdftitle} renamed \cmd{\procpdftitle}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\procpdftitle}{DAFx-06 Proceedings}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\procpdfsubject}
%^^A\changes{0.1f}{2007/08/03}{\cmd{\locpdfsubject} renamed \cmd{\procpdfsubject}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\procpdfsubject}{Proc. 9th Int. Conf. on %
  Digital Audio Effects - Montreal, Quebec, Canada}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    Note that an alternative way to change the PDF metadata consist in using the \cmd{\hypersetup} command (see the \package{hyperref} package).
%    \begin{macro}{\bibname}
%    If you wish to change the title for the general bibliography and the index, redefine:
%^^A\changes{0.1g}{2007/08/05}{Add an example of \cmd{\bibnametoc} change}
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Remove formatting}
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Renamed from \cmd{\procbibname}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\bibname}{Full Bibliography}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\indexname}
%^^A\changes{0.1g}{2007/08/05}{Add an example of \cmd{\indexnametoc} change}
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Remove formatting}
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Renamed from \cmd{\procindexname}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\indexname}{Index of Authors}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Declare bibliographic files}
%
%    We chose to define the name of bibliography file to be used at the beginning, providing all customization commands at the same place:
%    \begin{macro}{\procbibfile}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\procbibfile}{\BIBPATH exbiblio}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    If you also make a general bibliography, you may use several files (see sec.~\ref{sec:general:bib}), for instance one for common bibliography items, one with the other bibliography items and another one with common strings for journals, conferences, etc.
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Declare paths to pictures, papers, texts...}
%
%    We then declare paths to folders in which other files included by the \package{example.tex} file when compiled: pictures (containing logos used in your first page and welcome letters, for instance), bibliographies (containing the 3 files included as explained earlier), papers (containing both the PDFs of the papers and all related folders to allow to batch re-compile them all at once), and texts (containing publishing informations, welcome letters, the paper switch, etc.): 
%    \begin{macro}{\PICPATH}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\PICTPATH}{pictures/}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\BIBPATH}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\BIBPATH}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\PAPERPATH}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\PAPERPATH}{papers/}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\TEXTPATH}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\TEXTPATH}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Make the index}
%
%    The last step of the preamble is to make the index:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\makeindex
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Start the document: front matter}
%
%    We can now start the document and its front matter by using:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%%===========  PROCEEDINGS  ===========
\begin{document}
\frontmatter
%    \end{macrocode}
%    
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Display the document layout}
%
%    To check your document layout  (thanks to the \package{layout} package), uncomment:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%\layout
%    \end{macrocode}
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Layouts: moved to the example}
%    You can also specifically check the table of contents layout (thanks to the \package{layouts} package), by uncommenting:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%\begin{figure} 
%%    \setlayoutscale{0.8} \tocdiagram 
%%    \caption{Table of Contents entry parameters} \label{fig:tocp} 
%%\end{figure} 
%%\begin{figure} 
%%    \setlayoutscale{0.8} \currenttoc \tocdesign  
%%    \caption{Typical Table of Contents entry for this document}
%%    \label{fig:thistoc} 
%%\end{figure} 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    You can either insert them at the end of the document (not changing page numbering, but you may forget them as you do not so often check the last page) or at its beginning (changing page numbering but being the first page you see when opening it). You may then go to the next right-opening page, using:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%\clearsingleordoublepage
%    \end{macrocode}
%    You may then ensure that the cover, first page of the proceedings, is numbered 1: 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setcounter{page}{1}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Cover page}
%
%    We now add a bookmark chapter in the front matter: 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pdfbookmark[0]{Preamble}{preamble} 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    That way, we ensure that all the sections in the front matter/preamble (cover page, welcome letters, etc) except the table of contents appear in a same bookmark as sub-items, thus reducing the number of lines appearing that do not deal with days, sessions, papers, etc. 
%    Note that we do it by hand. This is not as beautiful and general as if the class was doing it for you (which could have been done); however, not automatizing this bookmark entry allows the proceedings editor to decide if he wishes to link to the first pages or not. 
%
%    We then include the first page and generate its bookmark entry:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pdfbookmark[1]{Cover}{cover} 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\author}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\author{V. Verfaille, McGill University}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\title}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Pkg: Use \package{nth} for superscript ordinals}
\title{Proceedings of the \nth{9} International Conference\\ 
  on Digital Audio Effects\\ Montreal, Quebec, Canada}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\date}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\date{Sept 18--20, 2006}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\maketitle
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Instead of using the usual \verb+\maketitle+ command, we could also have included a PDF image of the first page using:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%\includepdf[noautoscale,pages=1,link]{\PICTPATH ex_1stpage.pdf}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Publishing informations}
%
%    Publishing informations are then given on page 2, inside the cover. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newpage
\vspace*{1.7cm}
\pdfbookmark[1]{Publishing informations}{publishing}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    As it is printed on page 2, there are no header nor footer on this page. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\thispagestyle{empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We then provide the publishing information itself:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\noindent {\bf Published by:}\\ Laboratory Name\\ Department name\\
School Name\\ University Name\\
\url{http://www.conferencesite.com}\\ 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We also indicate the ISBN number:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\vspace*{0.15cm}\newline
\noindent {\bf ISBN: X-XXXX-XXXXXX}\\ 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and the credits:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\vspace*{0.35cm}\newline
\noindent {\bf Credits:}\\
Cover design: Firstname Lastname\\
Logo photo: Firstname Lastname\\
\LaTeX{} editor: Firstname Lastname\\
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Isn't it a good place for you to acknowledge for the time spent working on this time-saving package? Even though you do not have to include my name, the best way to share the word about the \package{\filename} package is to name it! 
%    \begin{macrocode}
using \LaTeX's `confproc' class (optional: by V. Verfaille)\\ 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    You may then indicate where and when you proceedings were printed:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\vspace*{0.35cm}\newline
\noindent  Printed in City by Print-Company --- Month 20XX
%    \end{macrocode}
%    
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Welcome letters}
%
%    To ensure next page is numbered and has proper headers/footers, use:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\otherpagestyle
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Roman page numbers now start to appear. We include all welcome letters\footnote{There is only one in this example, but there could be others: from the faculty dean, the department dean, the conference chair, etc.}:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%%-- Welcome letters
\clearsingleordoublepage
\vspace*{0.6cm}
\thisotherpagestyle
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We create the bookmark entry by hand (so that you can remove it):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pdfbookmark[1]{Welcome from Firstname Lastname}{welcome}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and the corresponding section (and table of contents entry):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\section*{Welcome from Firstname Lastname,  Conference Chair}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Depending on the text length, you may use either 1.5 line spacing:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\vspace*{1.1cm} 
\onehalfspace 
\begin{center} 
  \begin{minipage}[h]{14cm} 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 1.5 lines spacing, blah blah... 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 1.5 lines spacing, blah blah... 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 1.5 lines spacing, blah blah... 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 1.5 lines spacing, blah blah... 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 1.5 lines spacing, blah blah... 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 1.5 lines spacing, blah blah... 
  \end{minipage} 
\end{center} 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    or double line spacing  (both are using the \package{setspace} style):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\doublespace
\begin{center} 
  \begin{minipage}[h]{14cm} 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 2 lines spacing, blah blah... 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 2 lines spacing, blah blah... 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 2 lines spacing, blah blah... 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 2 lines spacing, blah blah... 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 2 lines spacing, blah blah... 
    Text of the welcome letter, with 2 lines spacing, blah blah... 
  \end{minipage} 
\end{center} 
\singlespace
%    \end{macrocode}
%    
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Table of contents}
%
%    Let us then insert the proceedings program, or table of contents:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tableofcontents
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Note that the bookmark entry is automatically generated for the table of contents. 
%    
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Proceedings!}
%
%    We then switch to the main matter and to arabic page numbering:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%%==== BEGINNING OF PAPERS ====
\mainmatter        
%    \end{macrocode}
%    It automatically changes the style for entries in the table of contents.
%    Then, we include the file containing the papers switch, with informations about all the papers:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\input{\TEXTPATH expapersswitch}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We now insert papers by days and sessions. A day is a part, a session is a chapter and a paper is a section (in the bookmark), and they are declared as follows:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\procday{Day 1}
  \session{Oral Session 1}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Papers are simply inserted as:
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \paperid{45}{p_001}
    \paperid{21}{p_003}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Let us also insert a poster session with one paper:
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \session{Poster Session 1}
    \paperid{33}{p_005}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and a second oral presentations session with two more papers:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\procday{Day 2}
  \session{Oral Session 2}
    \paperid{75}{p_007}
    \paperid{27}{p_009}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    When we are done with the insertion of all papers, we switch to the back matter of the document (\ie{} bibliography and index of authors):
%    \begin{macrocode}
%%%==== END OF PAPERS ====
\backmatter
%    \end{macrocode}
%    It automatically changes to its corresponding style for the entries in the table of contents.
%    
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{General bibliography}
%
%    The general bibliography is inserted with the following style:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bibliographystyle{newapave}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    This style is a modification of the \file{newapa} style: the year is indicated at the end, before the back-references, instead of being between parenthesis right after the list of authors. 
%    In the case you do not wish to use the one developed for DAFx-06 but prefer the \package{newapa} style, you then need to replace this last line by:\begin{verbatim}
%\bibliographystyle{newapa}
%\end{verbatim}
%    and to edit the class at the \file{newapave} package insertion.
%
%    The bibliography is then inserted:
%    \begin{macrocode}
{\footnotesize\bibliography{\procbibfile}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Note that the general bibliography may be very long. Changing the font size (for instance to \verb+\footnotesize+ as in the previous line) may then be a good idea.
%    
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Index of authors}
%
%    We finally insert the index:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\insertindex
\end{document}
%</example>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    
%^^A\changes{0.1f}{2007/08/02}{merging welcome and publishing in the example}
%    
%
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Paper switch!}
%    \label{sec:ex:paper:switch}
%
%    Let us now take a look at the paper switch, which is central to the proceedings.
%    In fact, it contains a switch to all proceedings papers, so that you can work on the
%    proceedings itself without knowing yet the final order of papers!
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{First way: redefining local commands}
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/08/01}{File: create expapersswitch.tex.}
%^^A\changes{0.1f}{2007/08/03}{Cmds: renaming loc<Title|Author|...> as paper<title|author|...>}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the creation of the expapersswitch.tex file, part of the example.
%^^A   It is written on first LaTeX run if it does not already exist
%^^A =================================================================
%
%    We define the \cmd{\paperid} command:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*expapersswitch>
\newcommand{\paperid}[2]{
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Inside the switch, the \cmd{\paperswitch} command is set to the paper reference:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\paperswitch}{#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We then define the insertion command for the paper with ID=01:
%    \begin{macrocode}
%=========== PAPER ID = 45 ===========
\ifnum\paperswitch=45 {
%    \end{macrocode}
%    For this first paper inclusion, we chose to use intermediary commands:
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \renewcommand{\papertitle}{Templates for One Author}
  \renewcommand{\paperauthors}{Alfred Alabama}
  \renewcommand{\paperindex}{\index{Alabama, Alfred}}
  \renewcommand{\paperref}{\paperswitch}
  \renewcommand{\paperpagenum}{6}
  \renewcommand{\papercite}{Serra:1996:sms,%
    Moorer:2000:AES:audio:millenium,Arfib:1998:DAFx,%
    Mitra:Kaiser:1993:DSP:handbook}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We use the \cmd{\procinsertpaper} command to insert papers. It has 9 arguments:
%    \begin{enumerate}
%      \item X and Y shifts (with a space in between, as in \verb+{10 12}+);
%      \item the number of pages;
%      \item the paper reference;
%      \item the title;
%      \item the list of authors;
%      \item the index entries;
%      \item the citations for the general bibliography;
%      \item the name of the PDF file to insert;
%      \item the bookmark entries for the authors.
%    \end{enumerate}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \procinsertpaper{\LaTeXxShift{} \LaTeXyShift}{\paperpagenum}%
    {\paperref}{\papertitle}{\paperauthors}{\paperindex}{\papercite}%
    {#2}{\pdfbookmark[2]{Alfred Alabama}{#2.author1}}}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Second way: shorter but less readible}
%
%    Even though less readible, it may be shorter not to redefine local commands, and to directly pass arguments to the \cmd{\procinsertpaper} command. This is presented in the next example, and corresponds to what is provided by the Perl script (see sec. \ref{sec:scripts:perl}) that converts the .csv data into \LaTeX{} code to insert in this current file:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%=========== PAPER ID = 21 ===========
\ifnum\paperswitch=21
  \procinsertpaper{\LaTeXxShift{} \LaTeXyShift}{5}{\paperswitch}%
    {Templates for One Author with Two Affiliations}% paper title
    {Bob Boogie-Woogie}% list of authors
    {\index{Boogie-Woogie, Bob}}% authors index entries
    {Serra:1996:sms,Moorer:2000:AES:audio:millenium,%
      Arfib:1998:DAFx,Haykin:1991:adaptive:filter}% 
    {#2}{\pdfbookmark[2]{Bob Boogie-Woogie}{#2.author1}}
\fi
 
%=========== PAPER ID = 27 ===========
\ifnum\paperswitch=27
  \procinsertpaper{\LaTeXxShift{} \LaTeXyShift}{7}{\paperswitch}%
    {Templates f\'or F\`o\"ur Àuthors}% 
    {J\o{}hn J\"oe, K\'e\~{n}t K\^{\i}ng, L\`ou L\'ou, %
      M\`anfr\'ed J. M\^ost\u{e}k\i}%
    {\index{J\"oe, J\o{}hn}\index{K\^{\i}ng, K\'e\~{n}t}%
      \index{L\'ou, L\`ou}\index{M\^ost\u{e}k\i, M\`anfr\'ed J.}}%
    {Serra:1996:sms,Moorer:2000:AES:audio:millenium,%
      Dutilleux:1991,Fitz:Haken:2003:Web:morphing:loris}% 
    {#2}{\pdfbookmark[2]{J\o{}hn J\"oe}{#2.author1}%
      \pdfbookmark[2]{K\'e\~{n}t K\^{\i}ng}{#2.author2}%
      \pdfbookmark[2]{L\`ou L\'ou}{#2.author3}%
      \pdfbookmark[2]{M\`anfr\'ed J. M\^ost\u{e}k\i}{#2.author4}}
\fi

%=========== PAPER ID = 33 ===========
\ifnum\paperswitch=33
  \procinsertpaper{\LaTeXxShift{} \LaTeXyShift}{4}{\paperswitch}%
    {Templates for Two Authors}% 
    {Alfred Alabama, Chris Christmas}% 
    {\index{Alabama, Alfred}\index{Christmas, Chris}}% 
    {Serra:1996:sms,Moorer:2000:AES:audio:millenium,%
      Arfib:1998:DAFx,Askenfelt:1976:automatic:transcription}%
    {#2}{\pdfbookmark[2]{Alfred Alabama}{#2.author1}%
      \pdfbookmark[2]{Chris Christmas}{#2.author2}}
\fi
 
%=========== PAPER ID = 75 ===========
\ifnum\paperswitch=75
  \procinsertpaper{\LaTeXxShift{} \LaTeXyShift}{6}{\paperswitch}%
    {Templates for Three Authors}%
    {Bob Boogie-Woogie, Chris Christmas, Don Didon}%
    {\index{Boogie-Woogie, Bob}\index{Christmas, Chris}%
      \index{Didon, Don}}%
    {Serra:1996:sms,Moorer:2000:AES:audio:millenium,%
      Arfib:1998:DAFx,Egozy:1995:MIT:features:gesture}%
    {#2}{\pdfbookmark[2]{Bob Boogie-Woogie}{#2.author1}%
      \pdfbookmark[2]{Chris Christmas}{#2.author2}%
      \pdfbookmark[2]{Don Didon}{#2.author3}}
\fi
}
%</expapersswitch>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    If you do not use the \verb+pd1enc.def+ file if you want \package{hyperref} to correctly convert all accents\footnote{and there are many beautiful accents in non-english languages :-).} in the PDF file, such messages will appear at \LaTeX\ runs:\begin{verbatim}
%  Package hyperref Warning: Glyph not defined in PD1 encoding,
%  (hyperref)                removing `\u' on input line 184.
%\end{verbatim}
%        
%^^A\changes{0.2d}{2007/08/18}{Adding the description and examples for day and session organized conferences}
%^^A\changes{0.2d}{2007/08/18}{Adding examples of table of contents and bookmarks layouts}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Get page numbers and recompile all papers}
%
%    In the case where your papers have headers/footers, you may have to recompile them all with the proper page numbers. Before doing so, compile the proceedings enough times so that the table of contents is generated and inserted. Then, use the page number indicated for each paper to edit accordingly the \file{expages.tex} file. An example is provided here:
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*expages>
\newcommand{\setpagenumber}[1]{
  \newcommand{\paperswitch}{#1}
    \ifnum\paperswitch=01 {\setcounter{page}{1}}\fi
    \ifnum\paperswitch=02 {\setcounter{page}{7}}\fi
    \ifnum\paperswitch=03 {\setcounter{page}{13}}\fi  
    \ifnum\paperswitch=04 {\setcounter{page}{17}}\fi
    \ifnum\paperswitch=05 {\setcounter{page}{23}}\fi
}
%</expages>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    You may then recompile all papers (use the \file{buildpapers} Unix script, see sec.~\ref{sec:scripts:buildpapers}), provided that they all have the corresponding line in their preamble:\\
%    \verb+\input{../../expages.tex}\setpagenumber{01}+\\
%    where \verb+01+ is the paper reference (to be changed for each paper). Using the following:\\
%    \verb+\setcounter{page}{1}+\\
%    would of course have the equivalent effect, except that you would have to re-edit each paper after changing your program order.
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Generate the conference program}
%    \label{sec:ex:program}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Organize the conference program by sessions of by day?}
%
%    Depending on the size of your conference, you may only have a few sessions during 2 or 3 days, or many sessions during 4 to 7 days (or even more). Then, you need to choose wether you want to organize the table of contents and the bookmarks:
%    \begin{itemize}
%       \item by sessions and then by related papers; or
%       \item by day, then by sessions and then by papers (in the case of long conferences where the list of sessions may be too long in the PDF bookmark);
%    \end{itemize}
%    The mechanism used in \package{\filename} is based on section levels: days are inserted in the table of contents and bookmarks as parts, whereas sessions are inserted as chapters and papers as sections. 
%
%    Note that the \package{\filename} does not handle programs with parallel sessions. It is then up to you to decide in which order they may appear in the table of contents.
%
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Docu: all sessions/days tables redone with tabular instead of minipage (smaller and easier to read)}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \paragraph{Program organized by sessions}
%
%    For a small size conference, if not using days (comment the \cmd{\procday{}} lines in the example), you will obtain the table of contents corresponding to Tab~\ref{tab:program:session}. The corresponding bookmark is depicted closed in Tab.~\ref{tab:program:session:bkmrk0}, opened at its first level in Tab.~\ref{tab:program:session:bkmrk1}, and opened at its second level in Tab.~\ref{tab:program:session:bkmrk2}.
%
%    \begin{table}[htb!]
%      \centering
%      \framebox{
%      \begin{tabular}{ll} 
%        \multicolumn{2}{l}{\bf Conference Program}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%        \multicolumn{2}{l}{\textbf{\textit{Oral Session 1}}}\\
%     1 & Templates for One Author\\
%      & {\it Alfred Alabama}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.3cm}\\
%     7 & Templates for One Author with Two Affiliations\\
%      & {\it Bob Boogie-Woogie}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%        \multicolumn{2}{l}{\textbf{\textit{Poster Session 1}}}\\
%     11 & Templates for Two Authors\\
%      & {\it Alfred Alabama, Chris Christmas}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%        \multicolumn{2}{l}{\textbf{\textit{Oral Session 2}}}\\
%     15 & Templates for Three Authors\\
%      & {\it Bob Boogie-Woogie, Chris Christmas, Don Didon}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.3cm}\\
%     21 & Templates f\'or F\`o\"ur \`Authors\\
%      & {\it John J\"oe, K\'e\~{n}t K\^{\i }ng, L\`ou L\'ou, M\`anfr\'ed J. M\^ost\u{e}ki} \\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%     27 & {\bf Full Bibliography}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%     28 & {\bf Index of Authors}\\
%      \end{tabular}}
%      \caption{{\it Example of table of contents for a conference organized by sessions.}}
%      \label{tab:program:session}
%    \end{table}
%
%    \begin{table}[htb!]
%      \centering
%         \textsf{%
%         \begin{tabular}{l@{\,}l} \hline
%     $\blacktriangleright$ & Preamble\\
%          & Program\\
%        $\blacktriangleright$ & Oral Session 1\\
%        $\blacktriangleright$ & Poster Session 1\\
%        $\blacktriangleright$ & Oral Session 2\\
%          & Full Bibliography\\
%          & Index of Authors\\ \hline
%      \end{tabular}}
%      \caption{{\it Closed bookmarks for a conference organized by sessions.}}
%      \label{tab:program:session:bkmrk0}
%    \end{table}
%
%    \begin{table}[htb!]
%      \centering
%         \textsf{%
%         \begin{tabular}{l@{\,}l@{\,}l} \hline
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Preamble} \\
%            & & Cover\\
%            & & Publishing informations\\
%            & & Welcome from Firstname Lastname\\
%        & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Program} \\
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Oral Session 1} \\
%            & $\blacktriangleright$ & Template for One Author\\
%            & $\blacktriangleright$ & Template for One Author with Two Affiliations\\
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Poster Session 1} \\
%            & $\blacktriangleright$ & Template for Two Authors\\
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Oral Session 2} \\
%             & $\blacktriangleright$ & Template for Three Authors\\
%             & $\blacktriangleright$ & Template f\'or F\`o\"ur \`Authors\\
%        & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Full Bibliography} \\
%        & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Index of Authors} \\ \hline
%       \end{tabular}}
%      \caption{{\it First-level opened bookmarks for a conference organized by sessions.}}
%      \label{tab:program:session:bkmrk1}
%    \end{table}
%
%    \begin{table}[htb!]
%      \centering
%         \textsf{%
%         \begin{tabular}{l@{\,}l@{\,}ll} \hline
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Preamble} \\
%            & & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Cover}\\
%            & & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Publishing informations}\\
%            & & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Welcome from Firstname Lastname}\\
%        & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Program} \\
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Oral Session 1} \\
%            & $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Template for One Author}\\
%            & & & Alfred Alabama\\
%            & $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Template for One Author with Two Affiliations}\\
%            & & & Bob Boogie-Woogie\\
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Poster Session 1} \\
%            & $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Template for Two Authors}\\
%            & & & Alfred Alabama\\
%            & & & Chris Christmas\\
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Oral Session 2} \\
%            & $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Template for Three Authors}\\
%            & & & Bob Boogie-Woogie\\
%            & & & Chris Christmas\\
%            & & & Don Didon\\
%            & $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Template f\'or F\`o\"ur \`Authors}\\
%            & & & John J\"oe\\
%            & & & K\'e\~{n}t K\^{\i}ng\\
%            & & & L\`ou L\'ou\\
%            & & & M\`anfred J. M\^ost\u{e}k\i\\
%        & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Full Bibliography} \\
%        & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Index of Authors} \\ \hline
%       \end{tabular}}
%      \caption{{\it Second-level opened bookmarks for a conference organized by sessions.}}
%      \label{tab:program:session:bkmrk2}
%    \end{table}
%
%    \clearpage
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \paragraph{Program organized by days}
%
%    In the case of bigger conferences with a program organized by day, you will get the table of contents corresponding to Tab~\ref{tab:program:day}. The corresponding bookmark is depicted closed in Tab.~\ref{tab:program:day:bkmrk0}, opened at its first level in Tab.~\ref{tab:program:day:bkmrk1}, and opened at its second level Tab.~\ref{tab:program:day:bkmrk2}.
%
%    \begin{table}[htb!]
%      \centering
%      \framebox{
%      \begin{tabular}{ll} 
%        \multicolumn{2}{l}{\bf Conference Program}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%        \multicolumn{2}{l}{\bf Day 1}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%        \multicolumn{2}{l}{\textbf{\textit{Oral Session 1}}}\\
%     1 & Templates for One Author\\
%      & {\it Alfred Alabama}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.3cm}\\
%     7 & Templates for One Author with Two Affiliations\\
%      & {\it Bob Boogie-Woogie}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%        \multicolumn{2}{l}{\textbf{\textit{Poster Session 1}}}\\
%     11 & Templates for Two Authors\\
%      & {\it Alfred Alabama, Chris Christmas}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%        \multicolumn{2}{l}{\bf Day 2}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%        \multicolumn{2}{l}{\textbf{\textit{Oral Session 2}}}\\
%     15 & Templates for Three Authors\\
%      & {\it Bob Boogie-Woogie, Chris Christmas, Don Didon}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.3cm}\\
%     21 & Templates f\'or F\`o\"ur \`Authors\\
%      & {\it John J\"oe, K\'e\~{n}t K\^{\i }ng, L\`ou L\'ou, M\`anfr\'ed J. M\^ost\u{e}ki} \\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%     27 & {\bf Full Bibliography}\\
%          & \vspace*{-0.1cm}\\
%     28 & {\bf Index of Authors}\\
%      \end{tabular}}
%      \caption{{\it Example of table of contents for a conference organized by day.}}
%      \label{tab:program:day}
%    \end{table}
%
%    \begin{table}[htb!]
%      \centering
%         \textsf{%
%         \begin{tabular}{@{\,}l@{\,}l} \hline
%        $\blacktriangleright$ & Preamble\\
%           & Program\\
%        $\blacktriangleright$ & Day 1\\
%        $\blacktriangleright$ & Day 2\\
%          & Full Bibliography\\
%          & Index of Authors\\ \hline
%      \end{tabular}}
%      \caption{{\it Closed bookmarks for a conference organized by days.}}
%      \label{tab:program:day:bkmrk0}
%    \end{table}
%
%
%    \begin{table}[htb!]
%      \centering
%         \textsf{%
%         \begin{tabular}{@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}l} \hline
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Preamble}\\
%            & & Cover\\
%            & & Publishing informations\\
%            & & Welcome from Firstname Lastname\\
%           & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Program}\\
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Day 1}\\
%            & $\blacktriangleright$ & Oral Session 1\\
%            & $\blacktriangleright$ & Poster Session 1\\
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Day 2}\\
%            & $\blacktriangleright$ & Oral Session 2\\
%          & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Full Bibliography}\\
%          & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Index of Authors}\\ \hline
%      \end{tabular}}
%      \caption{{\it First-level opened bookmarks for a conference organized by days.}}
%      \label{tab:program:day:bkmrk1}
%    \end{table}
%
%    \begin{table}[htb!]
%      \centering
%         \textsf{%
%         \begin{tabular}{@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}l} \hline
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Preamble}\\
%            & & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Cover}\\
%            & & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Publishing informations}\\
%            & & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Welcome from Firstname Lastname}\\
%           & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Program}\\
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Day 1}\\
%            & $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Oral Session 1}\\
%                & & $\blacktriangleright$ & Template for One Author\\
%                & & $\blacktriangleright$ & Template for One Author with Two Affiliations\\
%            & $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Poster Session 1}\\
%                & & $\blacktriangleright$ & Template for Two Authors\\
%        $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Day 2}\\
%            & $\blacktriangledown$ & \multicolumn{2}{@{\,}l}{Oral Session 2}\\
%                & & $\blacktriangleright$ & Template for Three Authors\\
%                & & $\blacktriangleright$ & Template f\'or F\`o\"ur \`Authors\\
%          & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Full Bibliography}\\
%          & \multicolumn{3}{@{\,}l}{Index of Authors}\\ \hline
%      \end{tabular}}
%      \caption{{\it Second-level opened bookmarks for a conference organized by days.}}
%      \label{tab:program:day:bkmrk2}
%    \end{table}
%
%    \clearpage
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{CSV Program of the conference}
%    \label{sec:scripts:program}
%
%    It may be easier for you to collect data about the papers from a server, manipulate them in a spreadsheet software (for example M\$ Excel), and then generate the program from a \file{.csv} file. We used a Perl script (see sec. \ref{sec:scripts:perl}) to generate the corresponding \file{.tex} files for the example. First, take a look at the following CSV file, that contains the conference program for the example\footnote{This is normal that this text goes on after the margin. Please check the generated file if you wish to read each line.}:
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the creation of the procwitchandtoc.pl file, part of the example.
%^^A   It is written on first LaTeX run if it does not already exist
%^^A =================================================================
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*exprogram>
Type,Paper Number,PC Decision,Pages,Title,File Name,Generated,Citations,Auth1 First Name,Auth1 Last Name,Auth2 First Name,Auth2 Last Name,Auth3 First Name,Auth3 Last Name,Auth4 First Name,Auth4 Last Name,,
Type,-2,O,,,,,,First Name,Last Name,First Name,Last Name,First Name,Last Name, F.Name, L.Name,,
Day,0,,,Day 1: September 18 2007,,,,,,,,,,,,,
Session,0,,,Oral Session 1,,,,,,,,,,,,,
paper,45,O,6,Templates for One Author,p_001,LaTeX,"Serra:1996:sms,Moorer:2000:AES:audio:millenium,Arfib:1998:DAFx,Mitra:Kaiser:1993:DSP:handbook",Alfred,Alabama,,,,,,,,
paper,21,O,5,Templates for One Author with Two Affiliations,p_003,LaTeX,"Serra:1996:sms,Moorer:2000:AES:audio:millenium,Arfib:1998:DAFx,Haykin:1991:adaptive:filter",Bob,Boogie-Woogie,,,,,,,,
Poster Session,0,,,Poster Session 1,,,,,,,,,,,,,
paper,32,P,4,Templates for Two Authors,p_005,LaTeX,"Serra:1996:sms,Moorer:2000:AES:audio:millenium,Arfib:1998:DAFx,Askenfelt:1976:automatic:transcription",Alfred,Alabama,Chris,Christmas,,,,,,
Day,0,,,Day 2: September 19 2007,,,,,,,,,,,,,
Session,0,,,Oral Session 2,,,,,,,,,,,,,
paper,75,O,6,Templates for Three Authors,p_007,LaTeX,"Serra:1996:sms,Moorer:2000:AES:audio:millenium,Arfib:1998:DAFx,Egozy:1995:MIT:features:gesture",Bob,Boogie-Woogie,Chris,Christmas,Don,Didon,,,,
paper,27,O,7,Templates fór Fòür Àuthors,p_009,LaTeX,"Serra:1996:sms,Moorer:2000:AES:audio:millenium,Dutilleux:1991,Fitz:Haken:2003:Web:morphing:loris",John,Jöe,Kéñt,Kîng,Lòu,Lóu,Mànfréd J.,Môst\u{e}k\i,,
%</exprogram>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    As we expect when reading the first line, it contains the following columns:
%    \begin{enumerate}
%      \item {\bf Type:} the script will accept the following values:
%        \begin{itemize}
%          \item use \verb+Type+ for the items to ignore;
%          \item Day: use \verb+Day+;
%          \item Session: use \verb+Session+ or \verb+Paper Session+ or  \verb+Oral Session+ for oral sessions, \verb+poster session+ for Poster Sessions, and \verb+Demo Session+ for demo sessions;
%          \item Paper: use \verb+paper+ or \verb+oral+ for oral presentation; \verb+poster+ for poster presentation; \verb+demo+ for demo. The 3 output identical code anyway: it only helps to organize the program!.
%        \end{itemize}
%        Note that theses values are not case sensitively processed by the Perl script.
%      \item {\bf Number:} paper number or reference, often generated by the submission system. It will be used for paper insertion, for ordering the program, etc.
%      \item {\bf PC Decision:} \verb+oral+ or \verb+poster+. it does not change the \LaTeX\ generated code, so you may not use it;
%      \item {\bf Pages:} number of pages;
%      \item {\bf Title:} title;
%      \item {\bf File Name:} name of the corresponding \file{.pdf} file;
%      \item {\bf Generated:} \verb+LaTeX+ for \LaTeX\ generated files, and \verb+Word+ for Word generated file. This allows to use different $X$ and $Y$ offset values (we however used the same value for all papers of one kind);
%      \item {\bf Citations:} list of bibliography items for the general bibliography (ex: \verb+\cite{bibitem1,bibitem2,bibitem3}+); blank if no general bibliography;
%      \item {\bf Auth1 First Name:} first name of author 1;
%      \item {\bf Auth1 Last Name:} last name of author 1;
%      \item {\bf Auth2 First Name:} first name of author 2, blank if none;
%      \item {\bf Auth2 Last Name:} last name of author 2, blank if none;
%      \item {\bf Auth3 First Name:} first name of author 3, blank if none;
%      \item {\bf Auth3 Last Name:} last name of author 3, blank if none;
%      \item {\bf Auth4 First Name:} first name of author 4, blank if none;
%      \item {\bf Auth4 Last Name:} last name of author 4, blank if none;
%      \item {\bf comments:} there is an extra column, that is not used by the script.
%    \end{enumerate}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Perl script to generate the paper switch and program}
%    \label{sec:scripts:perl}
%
%^^A\changes{0.2c}{2007/08/17}{Scripts: Perl script 'procswitchandtoc.pl' to generate 'paperswitch.tex' and 'sessions.tex' added}
%^^A\changes{0.2d}{2007/08/18}{Scripts: Perl script to generate 'procswitchandtoc.pl' added}
%^^A\changes{0.2d}{2007/08/18}{Scripts: Perl script 'procswitchandtoc.pl' modified to insert bookmarks, and text shorten}
%^^A\changes{0.2d}{2007/08/20}{Scripts: Perl script modified and authors pdfboomarks added}
%^^A\changes{0.2g}{2007/09/07}{Scripts: changing input file line break style (Unix instead of Max)}
%^^A\changes{0.2h}{2007/09/12}{Scripts: Perl script is case insensitive for session names 9and has more options)}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the creation of the procwitchandtoc.pl file, part of the example.
%^^A   It is written on first LaTeX run if it does not already exist
%^^A =================================================================
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*procswitchandtoc>
#!/usr/bin/perl -w

# procswitchandtoc.pl
#    created as dafxproctoc.pl by Marc Zadel, 2006-04-28
#    modified for confproc.cls by Vincent Verfaille, 2007-08-08 
# Execute as
# ./procswitchandtoc.pl < intputfile.txt >

use strict;
use Text::ParseWords;
open(SWI, ">expapersswitch.tex"); #open for write, overwrite
open(SESSIONS, ">exsessions.tex"); #open for write, overwrite

# ----- Configuration
# field separator for the input file
my $fieldseparator=',';

# mac line endings: "\r"  / Unix line endings: :\n"
$/ = "\n";  # line endings for the input file
$\ = "\n";  # line endings for the output file

# ----- Subroutines
# -- split one line of input into a hash with named fields
sub parseinputline {
  my ($inputline) = @_;

  # escape single quotes on the input line: they interfere with quotewords()'s 
  # quote handling (ie, they start to quote stuff)
  $inputline =~ s/'/\\'/g;

  # parse the input line
  my @wordlist = &quotewords($fieldseparator, 0, $inputline);

  # replace accented characters with latex escaped equivalents. To be done after
  # quotewords() so the '\' don't get interpreted by quotewords() as escapes
  foreach my $word ( @wordlist ) {
    if ( $word ) { $word = &latexifyaccentedcharacters($word); }
  }

  # extract the fields into local variables. Author names stored as a list
  my ($type, $number, $pcdecision, $nbpages, $title, $filename, 
      $generatedfrom, $cite) = @wordlist;

  # remove the first 8 elements (just parsed out), leaving only author names.  
  # reminder: list of 8 scalars, though some may be "" if less than 4 authors
  splice( @wordlist, 0, 8 );

  # store the author names as a list of lists. We end up with a list that looks
  #  like ((Udo,Zoelzer),(Daniel,Arfib))
  my @authors = ();
  while ( $wordlist[0] ) {
    push( @authors, [splice( @wordlist, 0, 2 )] );
    # "splice( @wordlist, 0, 2 )": cuts the first 2 scalars off of @wordlist 
    # and returns them; calling [splice(@wordlist,0,2)] returns a *reference* 
    # to a list containing the first two scalars. (see perldoc perldsc.)
  }

  # create a hash reference containing the named fields and return it
  my $fields = {
    type    => $type,
    number    => $number,
    pcdecision  => $pcdecision,
    nbpages     => $nbpages,
    title     => $title,
    generatedfrom => $generatedfrom,
    filename  => $filename,
    cite    => $cite,
    authors   => \@authors,
  };
  return $fields;
}

# -- takes a string in Mac OS Roman encoding and encode the accented 
#  characters with latex escapes (only for a subset of available characters).
sub latexifyaccentedcharacters {
  # for mapping between unicode and mac os western encoding, see:
  # http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/ROMAN.TXT 
  my ($inputstring) = @_;
  $inputstring =~ s/\x8a/\\"a/g;  # \"a: unicode 0xe4, mac os western 0x8a
  $inputstring =~ s/\x87/\\'a/g;  # \'a: unicode 0xe9, mac os western 0x87
  $inputstring =~ s/\x88/\\`a/g;  # \`a: unicode 0xe8, mac os western 0x88
  $inputstring =~ s/\x8e/\\'e/g;  # \'e: unicode 0xe9, mac os western 0x8e
  $inputstring =~ s/\x8f/\\`e/g;  # \`e: unicode 0xe8, mac os western 0x8f
  $inputstring =~ s/\x91/\\"e/g;  # \"e: unicode 0xeb, mac os western 0x91
  $inputstring =~ s/\x97/\\'o/g;  # \'o: unicode 0xf3, mac os western 0x97
  $inputstring =~ s/\x98/\\`o/g;  # \`o: unicode 0xf2, mac os western 0x98
  $inputstring =~ s/\x9a/\\"o/g;  # \"o: unicode 0xf6, mac os western 0x9a
  $inputstring =~ s/\x99/\\^o/g;  # \^o: unicode 0xf4, mac os western 0x99
  $inputstring =~ s/\xbf/\\o /g;  # \o:  unicode 0xf8, mac os western 0xbf
  $inputstring =~ s/\x96/\\~n /g;  # \~n:  unicode 0xF1, mac os western 0x96
  $inputstring =~ s/\x94/\\^{\\i}/g;  # \^{\i}: unicode 0xee, mac os western 0x94
  $inputstring =~ s/\x/\\i/g;  # \i: unicode , mac os western 
  $inputstring =~ s/\x9f/\\"u/g;  # \"u: unicode 0xfc, mac os western 0x9f
  $inputstring =~ s/\x5c/\\/g;  # \: unicode 0x5C, mac os western 0x5C

  return $inputstring;
}

# -- output the information for a day
sub outputdaylatex {
  my ($fields) = @_;
  my $sessiontitle = $fields->{'title'};
  open(SESSIONS, ">>exsessions.tex"); #open for append
  print SESSIONS ' ';
  print SESSIONS '%%%== Day';
  print SESSIONS '\procday{', $sessiontitle, '}'
}

# -- output the information for a session line
sub outputsessionlatex {
  my ($fields) = @_;
  my $sessiontitle = $fields->{'title'};
  open(SESSIONS, ">>exsessions.tex"); #open for append
  print SESSIONS ' ';
  print SESSIONS '%%%-- session';
  print SESSIONS '\session{', $sessiontitle, '}'
}

# -- in: ref. to a list of lists of author names ((Udo,Zoelzer),(Daniel,Arfib))
# out: ref. to a Perl list w/ entries "Udo Zoelzer" and "Daniel Arfib" (no quotes)
sub authorsbyfirstname {
  my ($authors) = @_;
  # generate a list of full "first last" author names
  my @authorlistbyfirstname = map { "$_->[0] $_->[1]" } @$authors;
  return \@authorlistbyfirstname; # return a ref. to the new list of authors
}

# -- in: ref. to a list of lists of author names ((Udo,Zoelzer),(Daniel,Arfib))
# out: ref. to a Perl list w/ entries "Zoelzer, Udo" and "Arfib, Daniel"
sub authorsbysurname {
  my ($authors) = @_;
  # generate a list of authors with surnames written first
  my @authorlistbysurname = map { "$_->[1], $_->[0]" } @$authors;
  return \@authorlistbysurname; # return a ref. to the new list of authors
}

# -- in: ref. to a list of author names: "Zoelzer, Udo" and "Arfib, Daniel"
# out: LaTeX index entries: "\index{Zoelzer, Udo}\index{Arfib, Daniel}"
sub genindex {
  my ($authorsbysurname) = @_;
  my @indexentries = map { "\\index{$_}" } @$authorsbysurname;
  return join('', @indexentries);
}

# -- in: ref. to a list of author names: "Zoelzer, Udo" and "Arfib, Daniel"
# out: bookmarks cmds: "\pdfbookmark[2]{Udo Zoelzer}{#2.Udo Zoelzer}
# \pdfbookmark[2]{Daniel Arfib}{#2.Daniel Arfib}"
sub genbookmark {
  my ($authorsbyfirstname) = @_;
  my @indexentries = map { "\\pdfbookmark[2]{$_}{#2.$_}" } 
      @$authorsbyfirstname;
  return join('', @indexentries);
}

# -- output the information for a paper line
sub outputpaperlatex {
  my ($fields) = @_;
  open(SWI, ">>expapersswitch.tex"); #open for append
  print SWI '%=========== PAPER ID = ', $fields->{'number'}, ' ===========';
  print SWI '\ifnum\paperswitch=', $fields->{'number'};
  print SWI '  \procinsertpaper{\LaTeXxShift{} \LaTeXyShift}{',
    $fields->{'nbpages'}, '}{\paperswitch}%';
  print SWI '  {', $fields->{'title'}, '}% paper title';
  print SWI '  {', join( ', ', @{&authorsbyfirstname($fields->{'authors'})}), 
  '}% list of authors';
  print SWI '  {', &genindex(&authorsbysurname($fields->{'authors'})), 
  '}% authors index entries';
  print SWI '  {', $fields->{'cite'}, '}% cited bib items';
#  print SWI '  {#2}{\paperbookmark}';
  print SWI '  {#2}{', &genbookmark(&authorsbyfirstname($fields->{'authors'})),'}';
  print SWI '\fi';
  print SWI ' ';
  open(SESSIONS, ">>exsessions.tex"); #open for write, overwrite
  print SESSIONS '\paperid{', $fields->{'number'}, '}{', $fields->{'filename'}, '}';
}

# ----- Main
# FIXME: parse a line, and confirm that all of the fields are set up properly 
# --> correct number of fields, and the fields have the correct values
open(SWI, ">>expapersswitch.tex"); #open for write, overwrite
print SWI '\newcommand{\paperid}[2]{';
print SWI ' ';
print SWI '\renewcommand{\paperswitch}{#1}';
print SWI ' ';

while ( <> ) {
  chomp; # clear the newline character from the end of the line
  my $fields = &parseinputline($_);   # parse the line into fields
  # take some action depending on what type of line it is; case insensitive
  if ( lc($fields->{'type'}) eq lc('day') ) {
  &outputdaylatex($fields);
  } elsif ( lc($fields->{'type'}) eq lc('session')
      || lc($fields->{'type'}) eq lc('paper session') 
      || lc($fields->{'type'}) eq lc('demo session')
      || lc($fields->{'type'}) eq lc('poster session') ) {
  &outputsessionlatex($fields);
  } elsif ( lc($fields->{'type'}) eq lc('oral')
      || lc($fields->{'type'}) eq lc('paper')
      || lc($fields->{'type'}) eq lc('demo')
      || lc($fields->{'type'}) eq lc('poster') ) {
  &outputpaperlatex($fields);
  } elsif ( lc($fields->{'type'}) eq lc('Type')) {
  } else { print '!!! a day, session or paper (',
      $fields->{'type'},') is lost by the script...';
  }
open(SWI, ">>expapersswitch.tex"); #open for append
}
print SWI '}';
close(SWI);
close(SESSIONS);
%</procswitchandtoc>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Common bibliography items}
%    \label{sec:ex:bib:common}
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/08/01}{Biblio: adding the \file{exbiblio.tex} file creation}
%^^A\changes{0.1i}{2007/08/10}{Biblio: code cleanup}
%^^A\changes{0.1i}{2007/08/10}{Biblio: adding the \cmd{\procbibintro} command to customize the biblio introduction}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the creation of the exbibcommon.tex file, part of the example.
%^^A   It is written on first LaTeX run if it does not already exist
%^^A =================================================================
%
%    Let us take a look at the common bibliographic items of this example:
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{General biblio: remove item containing introductory paragraph}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*exbiblio>
%-- This item generates the text under the bibliography title
%-- references to a book
@book{Mitra:Kaiser:1993:DSP:handbook,
  Author = {S.~K. Mitra and J.~F. Kaiser},
  Title = {Handbook for Digital Signal Processing},
  Publisher = {J. Wiley {\&} Sons},
  Year = {1993}}
 
@book{Haykin:1991:adaptive:filter,
  Author = {Simon Haykin},
  Title = {Adaptive Filter Theory},
  Publisher = {Prentice Hall},
  Address = {Englewood Cliffs},
  Edition = {Second},
  Year = {1991}}

%-- reference to a book chapter
@inbook{Serra:1996:sms,
  Author = {X. Serra},
  Chapter = {Musical Sound Modeling with Sinusoids plus Noise},
  Publisher = {G. D. Poli, A. Picialli, S. T. Pope and C. Roads,%
    Eds.~Swets~\&~Zeitlinger},
  Title = {Musical Signal Processing},
  Pages = {91--122}, 
  Year = {1996}}

%-- reference to a journal paper
@article{Moorer:2000:AES:audio:millenium,
  Author = {James A. Moorer},
  Title = {Audio in the New Millennium},
  Journal = {Journal of the {AES}},
  Volume = 48,
  Number = 5,
  Year = 2000,
  Month = may,
  Pages = {490--498}}

%-- reference to a proceeding paper
@inproceedings{Arfib:1998:DAFx,
  Author = {D. Arfib},
  Booktitle = {Proc. of the COST-G6 Workshop on Digital Audio Effects %
    (DAFx-98)},
  Title = {Different Ways to Write Digital Audio Effects Programs},
  Address = {Barcelona, Spain},
  Pages = {188--91}, 
  Year = {1998}}

%-- reference to a technical report
@techreport{Askenfelt:1976:automatic:transcription,
  Author = {A. Askenfelt},
  Title = {Automatic notation of played music (status report)},
  Institution = {{STL-QPSR, Vol. 1, pp. 1--11}},
  Year = {1976}}

%-- reference to a master thesis
@mastersthesis{Egozy:1995:MIT:features:gesture,
  Author = {E.~B. Egozy}, 
  title = {Deriving musical control features from a real-time timbre %
    analysis of the clarinet},
  School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, 
  Year = {1995}}

%-- reference to a PhD thesis
@phdthesis{Dutilleux:1991,
  Author = {P. Dutilleux},
  School = {University of Aix-Marseille II},
  Title = {Vers la machine \`a sculpter le son, modification en %
    temps-r\'eel des caract\'eristiques fr\'equentielles et temporelles%
    des sons},
  Year = {1991}}

%-- reference to a web page
@unpublished{Fitz:Haken:2003:Web:morphing:loris,
  Author = {K. Fitz and L. Haken},
  Title = {{Current Research in Real-time Sound Morphing}}, 
  Note = {Available at \href{http://www.cerlsoundgroup.org/RealTimeMorph/}%
    {http://www.cerlsoundgroup.org/RealTimeMorph/}},
  Year = {Accessed March 08, 2006}}
%</exbiblio>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    See sec. \ref{sec:general:bib} for details about the bibliography merging process.
%
%^^A    {\sc Explain also that each paper's bibitems' tags were renamed using the paper ID, and each paper was then recompiled with this general bibliography, to ensure coherence between local bibliographies and general bibliography. This implies to work on each paper afterwards to ensure then do not become overlengthen...}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Unix scripts}
%    \label{sec:scripts}
%
%    \subsubsection{Compile all papers}\label{sec:scripts:buildpapers}
%    
%    First, you will notice that you need to make modifications to all papers, then needing to re-compile them all. For instance, you want each individual paper to have the same first page number as the one it has in the proceedings (for papers with page numbers included in the footer). Hopefully, they were all produced in \LaTeX{}, so you can automatize the process with a Unix script, such as:
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/08/01}{Adding the exbiblio.tex creation}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the creation of the buildpapers script file, part of the example.
%^^A   It is written on first LaTeX run if it does not already exist
%^^A =================================================================
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*buildpapers>
#!/bin/sh

# Compile all papers with 'pdflatex' of 'latex' 
#   (depending if they are in 'sources_pdftex' or 'sources_tex')
# and copy resulting pdf files in the 'papers' folder.
# Expected tree structure:
#     proceedings/papers/sources_pdftex/
#     proceedings/papers/sources_tex/
# with this script in 'proceedings/'

#--- choose if you compile from scratch or only once
#BUILD_TYPE=final      #recompile and re-do biblio
BUILD_TYPE=renumber   #recompile only once for re-numbering

#--- set system dependent variables
#LATEXPATH="/usr/local/teTeX/bin/i386-apple-darwin-current/" # teTeX
LATEXPATH="/usr/texbin/" # TexLive 2007

#--- paths
LATEX=$LATEXPATH"latex"
DVIPDF=/usr/local/bin/dvipdf
PDFLATEX=$LATEXPATH"pdflatex"
BIBTEX=$LATEXPATH"bibtex"
MAKEINDEX=$LATEXPATH"makeindex"
PROCSTY='dafx_06.sty'

#--- Compiling .tex files with pdfLaTeX
cd papers/sources_pdftex
for i in *; do
  echo; echo; echo '=====> Compiling' $i '.tex  with pdfLaTeX <====='
  cd $i
  # copy the paper style (in case you changed it) 
  cp ../../$PROCSTY .
  echo; echo '   ---> 1st compilation of ' $i '.tex'
  $PDFLATEX $i
  if [ $BUILD_TYPE = final ]; then
    echo; echo '   ---> Compiling the bibliography ' $i '.tex'
    $BIBTEX $i
    echo; echo '   --- 2nd compilation of ' $i '.tex'
    $PDFLATEX $i
    echo; echo '   ---> 3rd compilation of ' $i '.tex'
    $PDFLATEX $i
  fi
  #--- copy the pdf where the proceedings will be assembled
  cp $i.pdf ../..
  cd ..
done
#--- Compiling .tex files with LaTeX (problems related with hyperref)
cd ../sources_tex
for i in *; do
  echo; echo; echo '=====> Compiling' $i '.tex  with LaTeX <====='
  cd $i
  #--- copy the paper proceedings style (if you changed the tree) 
  cp ../../$PROCSTY .        
  echo; echo '   ---> 1st compilation of ' $i '.tex '
  $LATEX $i.tex
  if [ $BUILD_TYPE = final ]; then
    echo; echo '   ---> Compiling the bibliography ' $i '.tex '
    $BIBTEX $i
    echo; echo '   ---> 2nd compilation of ' $i '.tex '
    $LATEX $i
    echo; echo '   ---> 3rd compilation of ' $i '.tex '
    $LATEX $i
  fi
  #--- produce the pdf from dvi
  $DVIPDF $i.dvi $i.pdf
  #--- copy the pdf where the proceedings will be assembled
  cp $i.pdf ../..
  cd ..
done
%</buildpapers>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \subsubsection{Copy all PDFs papers at the right place}\label{sec:scripts:buildcppdfpapers}
%
%    Eventhough the previous Unix script already does it, you may have to re-copy all PDF files at the right place  (\ie{} in 'papers/') without recompiling all the papers. This is achieved with a script such as:
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/08/01}{Unix scripts: creating buildcppdfpapers.}
%^^A\changes{0.1f}{2007/08/03}{Unix scripts: cleanup for buildcppdfpapers.}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the creation of the buildcppdfpapers script file, part of the example.
%^^A   It is written on first LaTeX run if it does not already exist
%^^A =================================================================
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*buildcppdfpapers>
#!/bin/sh
cd papers/sources_tex
for i in *; do
  echo '*********' $i '*********'
  cp $i/$i.pdf ..
done
cd ../sources_pdftex
for i in *; do
  echo '*********' $i '*********'
  cp $i/$i.pdf ..
done
%</buildcppdfpapers>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Make the proceedings}\label{sec:confproc:compil:script}\label{sec:scripts:buildproc}
%
%    This script if the most important, as it describes all compilation steps to produce the final version of the proceedings. As you can see, it requires many compilations, to create valid table of content, index, bibliography, index of authors, and proper back references from the bibliography. It also manages for you the renaming of the class insertion file, so that you do not need anymore to run a last time by hand after changing the \Lopt{compil=backref} option to \Lopt{compil=last} (as this option change, and others, are in the \file{exclasspre.tex} and \file{exclasslast.tex} files).
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/08/01}{Adding the buildproc script creation.}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here is the creation of the buildproc script file, part of the example.
%^^A   It is written on first LaTeX run if it does not already exist
%^^A =================================================================
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*buildproc>
#!/bin/sh

#--- set user dependent file name
TEXFILE="example"
#--- set system dependent variables
#LATEXPATH="/usr/local/teTeX/bin/i386-apple-darwin-current/" # for teTeX
LATEXPATH="/usr/texbin/" # for TexLive 2007
#--- set compilers' paths
PDFLATEX=$LATEXPATH"pdflatex"
BIBTEX=$LATEXPATH"bibtex"
MAKEINDEX=$LATEXPATH"makeindex"

#--- Compile
echo; echo; echo '*** bash: copying class insertion file ***'
cp exclasspre.tex exclass.tex
echo; echo; echo '*** PdfLaTeX: create toc (1/7) ***'
$PDFLATEX  $TEXFILE.tex
echo; echo; echo '*** Bibtex: generate the general biblio. (2/7) ***'
$BIBTEX $TEXFILE
echo; echo; echo '*** Makeindex: create index of authors (3/7) ***'
$MAKEINDEX -s confproc.ist $TEXFILE.idx
echo; echo; echo '*** PdfLaTeX: create toc + include index (4/7) ***'
$PDFLATEX $TEXFILE.tex
echo; echo; echo '*** PdfLaTeX: create backrefs (5/7) ***'
$PDFLATEX $TEXFILE.tex
echo; echo; echo '*** PdfLaTeX: give proper toc and backrefs (6/7) ***'
$PDFLATEX $TEXFILE.tex
echo; echo; echo '*** bash: copying class insertion file ***'
cp exclasslast.tex exclass.tex
echo; echo; echo '*** PdfLaTeX: full papers (mod. class insertion) (7/7) ***'
$PDFLATEX $TEXFILE.tex
%</buildproc>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A\changes{0.2g}{2007/09/07}{Docu: starting a more organized `proceedings making'}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Why developing confproc
%^^A =================================================================
%    \section{More about conference proceedings making}
%    \label{sec:conference:proc:making}
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.2g}{2007/09/07}{Docu: e-organizing steps' section}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Compilations
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Steps to generate the final version of your proceedings}\label{sec:confproc:compil}
%
%    We now describe the methodology and steps used to produce the final version of the provided example proceedings with the following constraints:
%    \begin{itemize}
%      \item paper templates have header and footer;
%      \item the proceedings must have the same header/footer;
%      \item we want a general bibliography;
%      \item we want the PDF papers to be named after their first page number;
%    \end{itemize}
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Generate the program and the paper switch}
%
%    You may generate the conference program and its corresponding paper switch:
%        \begin{itemize}
%          \item by hand (read sec. \ref{sec:ex:paper:switch} for an example);
%          \item using the \file{procswitchandtoc.pl} Perl script described in sec.~\ref{sec:scripts:perl} to generate both the \file{exsessions.tex} and \file{expapersswitch.tex} files from your \file{exprogram.csv} program file;
%        \end{itemize}
%    
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Changing papers' first page number}
%
%    If you paper template has page numbers included in the footer, you may want each individual paper to have the same first page number as the one it has in the proceedings' table of contents\footnote{When clicking on a paper, the PDF file of this paper will open with the same first page number. Also, if the conference papers are available on the web, knowing the page numbers will help readers to properly cite them.}. To do so, The way to do that is:
%    \begin{enumerate}
%      \item make at least two runs with the following options:\begin{verbatim}
%\documentclass[a4paper,10pt,twoside,twosidepapers,%
%  compil=last,headers=allpages,movepagenumbers,electronic]{confproc}
%\end{verbatim}
%        to include all papers and build a table of contents with proper page numbers.
%      \item prepare each paper for insertion. There are two ways to do this:
%        \begin{enumerate}
%          \item lazy way: use the \verb+\setcounter{page}{1}+ line in the paper, and replace the \verb+1+ by the real number;
%          \item better way:  centralize page numbers in the \file{expages.tex} file, organized by the paper ID. Then, the two steps are:
%            \begin{itemize}
%              \item add the following in the preamble of each paper:\begin{verbatim}
%\input{../../expages.tex}\setpagenumber{04}
%\end{verbatim}
%               Here, the ID paper is \verb+04+, and has to be updated for each paper.
%              \item update the \file{expages.tex} file for each paper: set its first page number as it appears in the table of contents.
%            \end{itemize}
%            By doing so, you can update the program to re-build the table of contents as many times as yuo want, without having to re-edit all papers. 
%        \end{enumerate}
%      \item when the program (and the corresponding paper ordering) is defined, (re)generate each paper independently with proper first page number (using the \file{buildpapers} Unix script provided in sec.~\ref{sec:scripts:buildpapers}); 
%      \item check that you did not make errors in numbering the first page. You may run \LaTeX\ with at least the \Lopt{headers=allpages,movepagenumbers} options. If there are still errors, re-do step 2--3 till the page numbers are ok.
%    \end{enumerate}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Renaming papers}
%
%    You may consider renaming all papers according to their first page number (\eg{} \file{p\_NNN.pdf} if you decide to only rename the PDF files). This is very helpful to ensure you CD version of the proceedings is ISO compliant, and has file names with less than 8 characters (+ extensions). This means that you only do this when you are sure of your page numbering. You then have to change file names accordingly in the \file{.csv} file, re-generate the \file{expapersswitch.tex} file, and rebuild the proceedings. It is easily done using the Unix scripts.
%    
%^^A\changes{0.2i}{2007/09/21}{Docu: finishing biblio merging and other biblio-related stuff}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{General bibliography}\label{sec:general:bib}
%
%        As said previously, for DAFx-06 (but not for the provided example), we worked with three files in order to simplify the bibliography merging process:
%        \begin{itemize}
%          \item \texttt{exbibconcat.bib} containing all citations for all papers;
%          \item \texttt{exbibcommon.bib} containing common bibliography items, added one by one during the merging process;
%          \item  \texttt{exbibstrings.bib} containing all common strings (conference names, journal names, etc), to ensure coherence among citations from same sources (journal, conference).
%        \end{itemize}
%        Here is how those files are created and used:
%        \begin{enumerate}
%          \item create the complete bibliography:
%            \begin{enumerate}
%              \item for each paper, change its bib item tags to a tag that cannot be common to 2 papers (we used a \verb+paperID:originaltag+ format)\footnote{You may ask your authors to do so if you send them editor's notes.};
%              \item ensure that each paper has a proper list of bibliography items using those new tags;
%              \item concat the bibliographys of all individual paper into a single file named \file{exbibconcat.bib};
%              \item set the proceedings bibliography file to \begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\procbibfile}{\BIBPATH exbibconcat.bib}
%\end{verbatim}
%              \item run \LaTeX\ with the complete bibliography (using the \Lopt{compil=bibmerge} option that uses \verb+\nocite{*}+) so bib items are include twice: by the paper and globally. You are now ready to merge bibliographies.
%            \end{enumerate}
%          \item merge the bibliographic items (long step):
%            \begin{enumerate}
%              \item first, add the \file{exbibcommon.bib} file to the list of bibliography files by setting the proceedings bibliography files to: \begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\procbibfile}{\BIBPATH exbibcommon.bib,%
%  \BIBPATH exbibconcat.bib}
%\end{verbatim}
%              \item for each item appearing multiple times:
%                \begin{enumerate}
%                  \item create a corresponding entry in the \file{exbibcommon.bib} file;
%                  \item remove each appearance of it in \file{exbibconcat.bib};
%                  \item this is the perfect time for correcting inconsistent references (title, list of authors, page numbers, etc)! Note that this process requires a lot of time, as it is the slowest in the bibliography merging process.
%                \end{enumerate}
%              \end{enumerate}
%          \item merge the bibliography strings:
%            \begin{enumerate}
%              \item add the \file{exbibstrings.bib} file to the list of bibliography files by setting the proceedings bibliography files to: \begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand{\procbibfile}{\BIBPATH exbibstrings.bib,%
%  \BIBPATH exbibcommon.bib,\BIBPATH exbibconcat.bib}
%\end{verbatim}
%              \item merge the common strings. For each string shared by several items: 
%                \begin{enumerate}
%                  \item define the corresponding string in the \file{exbibstring.bib} file. For instance, for the IEEE Transactions on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing, add:\begin{verbatim}
%@string{IEEE-TASSP = "{IEEE Trans. Acoust., Speech, 
%  and Signal Proc.}"}
%\end{verbatim}
%                  \item use this definition (\eg{} \file{IEEE-TASSP}) to replace any appearance of its in the \file{exbibconcat.bib} file. For instance, use:\begin{verbatim}
%@article{paper027:Mcaulay86,
%  Author = {Robert J. McAulay and Thomas F. Quatieri},
%  Title = {Speech Analysis/Synthesis Based on a%
%      Sinusoidal Representation},
%  Journal = IEEE-TASSP,
%  Volume = {34},
%  Number = {4},
%  Pages = {744-754},
%  Year = {1986}} 
%\end{verbatim}
%              \end{enumerate}
%            \end{enumerate}
%          \item updating papers once the general bibliography is ok:
%            \begin{enumerate}
%              \item for each paper:
%                \begin{enumerate}
%                  \item generate a new bibliography file (\eg{} \file{p\_027.bib} for \file{p\_027.tex}) that included only their own non-common bibliography items remaining in the \file{exbibconcat.bib} file;
%                  \item edit each paper so that it uses both this new bibliography file (\file{p\_027.bib}) together with the \file{exbibcommon.bib} and the \file{exbibstrings.bib} files. This will provide common and coherent contents to both local and general bibliographies. Since the \file{p\_027.tex} file is placed in the \file{papers/pdftex/p\_027/} folder, its bibliography insertion will then become something like:\begin{verbatim}
%\bibliography{../../exbibstrings.bib,%
%    ../../exbibcommon.bib,p_027.bib}
%\end{verbatim}
%                \end{enumerate}
%              \item re-run \LaTeX\ on all papers, using the \file{buildpapers} Unix script (see sec. \ref{sec:scripts:buildpapers}). This script also copies all resulting PDFs to the right place.
%              \item if you did not use the previous script, copy all PDF papers to the \file{papers/} folder. The \file{buildcppdfpapers} Unix script (see sec. \ref{sec:scripts:buildcppdfpapers}) can do it for you, for instance if you changed some of the papers but not all, and do not remember which were to be copied.
%            \end{enumerate}
%          \end{enumerate}
%    You are now done with bibliography merging, and are ready to re-run \LaTeX\ on the proceedings using the \Lopt{compil=backref} options as many times as necessary to provide proper back-references and page numbering.
%
%
%
%
%
%^^A everything else in the proceedings is done (table of contents. index, etc), create the back references with one of those two solutions:
%^^A            \begin{itemize}
%^^A              \item Good trick: {\sc check this as it seems that it has changed} labels/refs
%^^A              \begin{itemize} 
%^^A              \item insert the $N_i-1$ pages of each paper $i$ and replace last page by a citation of local bibliography. Then, bib items properly appear in the full bibliography
%^^A              \item save the \file{DAFx06\_Proceedings.brf} file under another name
%^^A              \item recompile the Proceedings without replacing last page by bibliography
%^^A              \item rename properly the file \file{DAFx06\_Proceedings.brf}
%^^A          \item one last compile, and the backref are ok!
%^^A          \item Rk: one should NOT recompile the bibliography without doing this manipulation again
%^^A        \end{itemize}
%^^A      \item generate the \file{DAFx06\_Proceedings.brf} file by hand!
%^^A        \begin{itemize}
%^^A          \item create the general backref file \file{DAFx06\_Proceedings.brf} using lines such as:\\
%^^A            \begin{verbatim}
%^^A\backcite{Ref1,Ref2,Ref3}{{12}%
%^^A  {(document)}{Doc-Start}}
%^^A \end{verbatim}
%^^A         \item update all pages numbers in the \file{DAFx06\_Proceedings.brf}  back references file
%^^A         \item have a back reference for each page where the reference is appearing (maybe several for each paper).
%^^A         \item save your \file{DAFx06\_Proceedings.brf} file under another name, since it will be erase by the next bib compilation
%^^A        \end{itemize}
%
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Some considerations on bibliographies}
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Which bib styles for the templates?}
%
%      Concerning the paper bibliography style, each conference has its own style, often derived from other ones. For instance, the DAFx-06 templates were using the \package{IEEEbib.bst} style. It however is quite old (1993), and not as compact as the latest \package{IEEEtran.bst}. As the DAFx proceedings use the order of appearance and not alphabetical sorting  (as do the IEEE publications it was inspired from), the more recent \package{IEEEtranS.bst} style was not suited. The DAFx-06 templates were corrected so as to use \package{IEEEtran.bst} instead of \package{IEEEbib.bst} before insertion of papers into the proceedings. 
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Which bib styles for the general bibliography?}
%
%    Concerning the general bibliography, the style may be a bit different, as it does not need any numbering. Moreover, we want alphabetical sorting this time, in order to simplify the search for any particular author cited. Therefore, we need to use another bibliographic style than the paper templates one! 
%
%    The style to use has to look more like APA style, with the first author's last name coming first. For that reason, we used the \package{newapa} style, and  derived the \package{newapave} style with minor cosmetic tweaking (those styles have no numbering, the author list is like ``Lastname, F.'', etc).
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Right-flushing the biblio back-references}
%
%    Usually, the back-references provided by the \package{hyperref} package are a list of numbers that follow the end of the bibliographic items (after the last dot). For instance in the example using the \package{newapa} bibliographic style, one would obtain:\\
%
%    \begin{center}
%    \begin{minipage}[c]{9cm}
%    \vspace*{-0.2cm}Arfib, D. (1998). Different ways to write digital audio effects programs. 
%    In {\em Proc. of the COST-G6 Workshop on Digital Audio Effects (DAFx-98)}, 
%    Barcelona, Spain, (pp. 188--91). \color{blue}6, 11, 16, 22, 29 \color{black}
%    \end{minipage}
%    \end{center}
%
%    We modified the \package{newapa.bst} (resp. \package{newapa.sty}) file by making slight changes (but in many places), and renamed it \package{newapave.bst} (resp. \package{newapave.sty}) for the DAFx-06 proceedings. This modification process was carried out to provide some changes and adjustements in the bibliography style and layout (no parenthesis around page numbers nor around the year; and year is placed at the end), as well as right-flushed back-references. Using the \package{newapa} bibliographic style, the previous example is then modified in:\\
%
%    \begin{center}
%    \begin{minipage}[c]{9cm}
%    \vspace*{-0.2cm}Arfib, D. Different ways to write digital audio effects programs. 
%    In {\em Proc. of the COST-G6 Workshop on Digital Audio Effects (DAFx-98)}, 
%    Barcelona, Spain, pp. 188--91. 1998. \hfill \color{blue}6, 11, 16, 22, 29\color{black}
%    \end{minipage}
%    \end{center}
%
%    With the color links, it is visually easier to see the back-references when they are right-flushed that when they are left-flushed. If you wanted to apply the right-flushed back-references to another style, here is the only trick to keep from the hack.
%    Edit the function that displays the last item of the bibliographic element list (\package{output.year.check} in our case, because it was reformatted) so as to add a \package{$\backslash$hfill} at the end of that command (the year definition in our example):\begin{verbatim}
%FUNCTION {output.year.check}
%{ year empty$
% { ``empty year in `` cite$ * warning$ }
% { write$
%   `` (" year * extra.label * ``)" *
%     mid.sentence 'output.state :=
%   }
% if$
%}
%\end{verbatim}
%
%    {\bf Important note}: if the last displayed item (in our case, the year) was not in last position, you also need to edit the following functions defined under the \verb+FUNCTION {name}+ format (not exhaustive list): \verb+article+, \verb+book+, \verb+booklet+, \verb+inbook+, \verb+incollection+, \verb+inproceedings+, \verb+manual+, \verb+masterthesis+, \verb+misc+, \verb+phdthesis+, \verb+proceedings+, \verb+techreport+, and \verb+unpublished+.
%    For instance:\begin{verbatim}
%FUNCTION {misc}
%{ output.bibitem
%  format.authors output
%  author format.key output            % added
%  output.year.check                   % added
%  title howpublished new.block.checkb
%  format.title output
%  new.block
%  howpublished output
%  new.block
%  note output
%  fin.entry
%\end{verbatim} was replaced with:\begin{verbatim}
%FUNCTION {misc}
%{ output.bibitem
%  format.authors output
%  author format.key output
%  title howpublished new.block.checkb
%  format.title output
%  new.block
%  howpublished output
%  new.block
%  note output
%  output.year.check % moved
%  fin.entry
%\end{verbatim}
%   The Unix \verb+diff+ command may help you to compare the original (\package{newapa.bst}) and modified (\package{newapave.bst}) versions of the bibliography style files.
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Ensuring that the biblio back-references are right-flushed}
%
%    With this hack in the bibliography style, all bibliography back-references should appear as right-flushed. However, it sometimes does not work, due to some \LaTeX{} formatting mechanisms I am not competent to identify. Then, sometimes, a list of numbers will see its last item appearing alone on next line, even though there obviously was enough space on the previous line where the other numbers appear. I noticed that some minor reformatting of the concerned bibliographic item could solve this issue. There is no way to automatically do this, nor general rule, only a few tricks I found efficient to solve this issue in 6 items of the DAFx-06 proceedings:
%    \begin{itemize}
%      \item moving from optional to compulsory a bib item field; %^^A (such as the proceedings volume number for a proceedings paper);
%      \item replacing a \verb+---+ by a \verb+--+ (arg! so ugly...);
%      \item adding a missing space (\eg{} between the thesis number and the URL);
%      \item using hyphenation at your advantage: you may sometimes get a reference for which the layout will not hyphen the end of the title, just before the last line (this is the reason I suspect to mess the whole process behind the \verb+\hfill+ command).
%    \end{itemize}
%
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Quality and production}
%    
%    We present here some other ideas dealing with the production and the quality of the proceedings. Indeed, to provide the best possible quality proceedings, you may have to edit the individual papers (see sec. \ref{sec:misc:editing}), which can be simplified by sending notes to authors before they submit the final version (see sec. \ref{sec:misc:notes}). You may also want to use only \LaTeX, which may require to convert all Word files to \LaTeX\ when the proceedings templates are provided in the 2 formats to authors (see sec. \ref{sec:misc:word2latex}). The last comments are about the graphical quality (sec. \ref{sec:misc:graph:quality}) and the necessary font embedding in the PDF images (see sec. \ref{sec:misc:images:fonts}).
%    
%
%^^A------------------------------------------------------------------------
%    \subsubsection{Editing the papers}\label{sec:misc:editing}
%    
%    For each paper, we checked:
%    \begin{itemize}
%        \item proper use of US letter instead of A4 format;
%        \item title has a \verb+\break+ at the right place;
%        \item affiliation type chosen is the good one and has the minimal size;
%        \item affiliation is properly layed out;
%        \item author's email exists and works;
%        \item captions are italic, with a ``.'' at the end;
%        \item all figures are referenced in the text;
%        \item bibliographic items have a volume and number, as well as page number or preprint number (AES convention);
%        \item bibliographic items are using generally defined strings, so as to be identical each time they are cited;
%        \item math units: Physics convention is roman, not italic (\ie{} not LaTeX's math style). Ex: $5$ Hz, and not $5Hz$.
%    \end{itemize}
%    
%    \noindent So as to ensure a uniform look, we changed for all papers:
%    \begin{itemize}
%        \item the URL font to sans-serif, as its default font is too wide. We added the following command in the preamble of each paper:\\
%            \verb+\usepackage{url}\urlstyle{sf}+
%        \item all \verb+\href{}{}+ commands related to URL (\ie{} all except emails) where converted to URL, as it is more apropriated (it does the hyphenations for you and most of the time it does it better).
%    \end{itemize}
%    
%    \noindent Some not-so-minor comments:
%    \begin{itemize}
%        \item the only way to do a valid line breaks (with the \file{dafx06.sty} style) in the paper title was not with \verb+\newline+, nor \verb+\\+, but with the \verb+\break+ command (we also noticed that using \verb+\linebreak+ creates unbalanced titles). That way, it works similarly for both the title and the pdftitle in metadata. 
%        \item using the \package{balance.sty} package allows to well balance the last page, which is especially useful for the bibliography.
%    \end{itemize}
%
%
%^^A------------------------------------------------------------------------
%    \subsubsection{Improving the layout quality: Sending editing notes to authors}\label{sec:misc:notes}
%    
%    In order to improve the quality of the proceedings, we listed many common errors and gave a feedback to authors of all accepted papers. This is how we proceeded:
%    \begin{enumerate}
%        \item examine all papers and list the common errors and electronic paper info (PDF version, PDF generator, valid hyperref, etc) (10 h);
%        \item create the full list of problems, in an \file{.csv} file, with papers' title, index and author's email (1/2 h);
%        \item fill in, column by column, the data (30 h) with people's errors;
%        \item write a Perl script to convert info in this file into usual sentences and indications of what to do in order to improve the paper quality (4 h);
%        \item write an AppleScript converting this text file into a list of email texts, ready to be sent to authors (4 h). 
%    \end{enumerate}
%    Those scripts are not provided in the package, but could be on popular demand.
%    
%
%^^A------------------------------------------------------------------------
%    \subsubsection{Manual Word to \LaTeX\ conversion}\label{sec:misc:word2latex}
%
%    If you really want to automatize all the processes in you proceedings making, you may want to get rid of non-\LaTeX\ generated documents. If you really cannot ask the conference authors to use \LaTeX, you will have to convert files by yourself. From our experience in DAFx-06, here are the steps to follow:
%    \begin{enumerate}
%	    \item copy and paste the whole text;
%	    \item update the header (author, title, affiliation);
%	    \item add sections, subsections, etc. according to the original text;
%	    \item insert figures and tables with the proceedings template style;
%	    \item update captions  with the proceedings template style;
%	    \item update labels and references for figures and tables;
%	    \item edit equations (inside the text and as separated formulae);
%	    \item update labels and references for equations ;
%	    \item update labels and references for sections, subsections, etc.;
%	    \item replace all Word quotes  ^^A(double “”‟ and single ‛’ quotes) 
%            by \LaTeX\ quotes (double ``'', and single `' quotes) to avoid they disappear (Unicode-related issue);
%	    \item correct any specific formatting such as italic, capitals, bold, etc;
%	    \item remove useless hyphenations ``-'' produced as line breaks by Word;
%	    \item replace remaining hyphens by the proper corresponding one: hyphen `-', semi-quadratin `--' and quadratin `---'.
%    \end{enumerate}
%
%^^A------------------------------------------------------------------------
%    \subsubsection{How to ensure the graphical quality?}\label{sec:misc:graph:quality}
%
%    The best way to ensure excellent quality for you graphics in the electronic version of you proceedings consists in using vectorial images, \ie{} postscript (\file{.ps} or \file{.eps}) or \file{.pdf} files. It should be the same for the printed version, except that the font problem with Matlab described in sec. \ref{sec:misc:images:fonts} may imply to convert vectorial images to bitmap images (such as \file{.png} or \file{.gif}).
% 
%
%^^A------------------------------------------------------------------------
%    \subsubsection{How to ensure your fonts are embedded in the PDF?}\label{sec:misc:images:fonts}
%
%    With Matlab, the system fonts such as Arial or Helvetica are not embedded at all in the \file{.pdf} nor in the \file{.eps} file. This can be checked by converting any of the two into another format using Ghostscript. For instance, converting a \file{.pdf} to \file{.ps} using \file{pdf2ps} will show the following log info:\begin{verbatim}
%   **** Warning: Fonts with Subtype = /TrueType should be embedded.
%                 The following fonts were not embedded:
%                        Arial-ItalicMT
%                        ArialMT
%
%   **** This file had errors that were repaired or ignored.
%   **** The file was produced by:
%   **** >>>> pdfTeX-0.14h <<<<
%   **** Please notify the author of the software that produced this
%   **** file that it does not conform to Adobe's published PDF
%   **** specification.
%\end{verbatim}
%    You can check the same by processing a PDF files produced by Matlab using Acrobat Distiller (\$), and you will get the same errors..
%
%    Therefore, when printing on a system that is not yours (and that may be the one you will use to print the proceedings), the printer may be set such as not to replace a missing font by a similar one. Then, Matlab text can be totally scrapped, replaced by other numbers, letters, and so on!
%
%    One first step of a solution was to use Acrobat Professional (\$), with the PitStop plug-ins (\$ again), and set is so as to create a report and solve problems concerning partially or not embedded fonts. Unfortunately, the problem is not exactly the font embedding, but the glyph table mapping that is wrong. %
%    Another solution consists in converting the PDF files into a bitmap format. It is quite dirty, since it pixellizes a vectorial image, but at least, it is able to print! For instance, we converted {\file{.pdf} images with font problems into \file{.png} format, with a figure width of 8cm and a 600 dpi resolution (this seems too much resolution for printers, as 300 dpi may be enough), and it did the trick.
%
%
%^^A\changes{0.1c}{2007/07/30}{Customization: \file{confproc.cfg}}
%
%
%
%
%
%    \vspace*{2cm}
%    It now seems that you have all the necessary files and information with a functional and complete example in order to produce you own conference proceedings!
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/07/31}{Example: removing old code from previous example}
%    Have fun using \package{\filename}!!!
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   We insert the `small print' here.
%^^A =================================================================
%    {\vfill\hfill\scriptsize\package{\filename} is Copyright
%    \copyright\ 2007 by Vincent Verfaille 
%                                   <vincent@music.mcgill.ca>
%    \vspace{1cm}
%
%    There is no warranty for the \package{\filename}~package.  I
%    provide \package{\filename} `as is', without warranty of any
%    kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to,
%    the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
%    particular purpose.  The entire risk as to the quality and
%    performance of \package{\filename} is with you.  Should
%    \package{\filename} prove defective, you assume the cost of all
%    necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
%
%    The \package{\filename}~package may be distributed and/or
%    modified under the conditions of the \LaTeX\ Project Public
%    License (see \cite{latex3-project:1999:lppl}), either version 1.2
%    of this license or (at your option) any later version.
%
%    The latest version of this license is in
%    \href{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}{\sf http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt} and version 1.2 or
%    later is part of all distributions of \LaTeX\ version 1999/12/01
%    or later.}\par\newpage
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   The `user' documentation ends here, or strictly speaking: it
%^^A   ends after the following stuff (the argument of
%^^A   \StopEventually).  In case of the `user' docu it will be
%^^A   appended here, in case of the `programmer' docu it will be
%^^A   delayed and inserted below at \Finale
%^^A =================================================================
%
%    \StopEventually{
%
%^^A\changes{0.2a}{2007/08/12}{Biblio: adding items for the report}
%^^A\changes{0.2g}{2007/09/07}{Biblio: adding missing URLs}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   We can't get enough!  Of course we also want a bibliography ;-)
%^^A =================================================================
%    \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{References}
%    \begin{thebibliography}{1}
%
%    \bibitem{Pakin:2004:howto:package}
%    Scott Pakin
%    \newblock How to Package Your \LaTeX{} Package 
%    \newblock \ctan: \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/dtxtut/}{\sf www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/dtxtut/}, November 2004.
%
%    \bibitem{LaTeX:class:writers}
%    The \LaTeX{}3 Project.
%    \newblock \LaTeX2e for class and package writers.
%    \newblock \ctan: \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/cls.dtx}{\sf macros/latex/base/cls.dtx}, March 1999.
%
%    \bibitem{mittelbach:1999:docstrip}
%    Frank Mittelbach, Denys Duchier, Johannes Braams, Marcin
%      Woli{\'{n}}ski, and Mark Wooding.
%    \newblock The {DocStrip} program.
%    \newblock \ctan: \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/docstrip.dtx}{\sf macros/latex/base/docstrip.dtx}, March 1999.
%
%    \bibitem{latex3-project:1999:lppl}
%    The~{\LaTeX}3 Project.
%    \newblock The {\LaTeX} {P}roject {P}ublic {L}icense.
%    \newblock {\sc Url:} \href{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}{\sf www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}, September 1999.
%
%    \bibitem{Brazil:2002}
%    Eoin Brazil.
%    \newblock Creating Conference Proceedings: Tips And Tricks From The Trenches. UL-IDC-02-03.
%    \newblock {\sc Url:} \href{http://richie.idc.ul.ie/eoin/research/UL-IDC-02-03.pdf}{\sf richie.idc.ul.ie/eoin/research/UL-IDC-02-03.pdf},
%    \newblock Interactive Design Centre, University of Limerick, 2002.
%
%    \bibitem{mini:eConf}
%    SLAC
%    \newblock eConf: Full-Text Proceeding Instructions and Templates
%    \newblock {\sc Url:} \href{http://www.slac.stanford.edu/econf/editors/fulltext-template/instructions.html}{\sf www.slac.stanford.edu/econf/editors/fulltext-template/instructions.html}, Retrieved on Sept. 2007
%
%    \bibitem{AMS:editor}
%    American Mathematical Society 
%    \newblock Guide to AMS Editor's package
%    \newblock {\sc Url:} \href{http://www.ams.org/authors/editpkg.html}{\sf www.ams.org/authors/editpkg.html}, Retrieved on Sept. 2007
%
%    \bibitem{Adobe:2007:Acrobat}
%    Adobe systems Inc.
%    \newblock Acrobat Professional
%    \newblock {\sc Url:} \href{http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobatpro/}{\sf www.adobe.com/products/acrobatpro/}, Retrieved on Sept. 2007.
%
%    \bibitem{Wilson:2004:combine}
%    Peter Wilson.
%    \newblock The \package{combine} class and the \package{combinet}, \package{combnat} and \package{combcite} packages
%    \newblock \ctan: \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/combine/}{\sf macros/latex/contrib/combine/}, March 2004.
%
%    \bibitem{hyperref}
%    Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Oberdiek.
%    \newblock The \package{hyperref} package.
%    \newblock \ctan: \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}{\sf macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}, September 2006.
%
%    \bibitem{Matthias:2004:pdfpages}
%    Andreas Matthias.
%    \newblock The \package{pdfpages} package.
%    \newblock \ctan: \href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pdfpages/}{\sf macros/latex/contrib/pdfpages/}, 2004.
%
%    \bibitem{Verfaille:2006:howto:web}
%    Vincent Verfaille.
%    \newblock How to make your own proceedings for another conference?
%    \newblock {\sc Url:} \href{http://www.dafx.ca/dafx06_proceedings_diy.html}{\sf http://www.dafx.ca/dafx06\_proceedings\_diy.html}, October 2006.
%
%    \bibitem{Verfaille:2006:howto:confproc}
%    Vincent Verfaille.
%    \newblock Report on the making of the DAFx-06 proceedings.
%    \newblock {\sc Url:} \href{http://www.dafx.ca/proceedings/report.pdf}{\sf http://www.dafx.ca/proceedings/report.pdf}, MUMT-SPCL-07-01 report, McGill University, March 2007.
%
%    \end{thebibliography}
%
%^^A\bibliography{confproc}
%^^A\bibliographystyle{plain}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   By default we'll build the `user' docu, that is: without an
%^^A   index.  But if the user made an index we should include it.
%^^A =================================================================
%    \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}
%    \PrintIndex
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Same as with the index above: if the user has specified
%^^A   `RecordChanges' in her `ltxdoc.cfg', we should print the
%^^A   changes here.
%^^A =================================================================
%    \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Change history}
%    \PrintChanges
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Make sure that the index and the changes are not printed twice
%^^A   since ltxdoc.cfg might have a second \PrintIndex or
%^^A   \PrintChanges command. (See everysel.dtx by Martin Schr\"oder)
%^^A =================================================================
%    \let\PrintChanges=\relax
%    \let\PrintIndex=\relax
%    } ^^A end of \StopEventually
%
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/07/31}{Implementation: bug for creating class corrected}
%^^A\changes{0.1d}{2007/07/31}{Implementation: moved into the document itself}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   The following will only be included into the `programmer' docu
%^^A   We follow the structure suggested in [Kopka: `LateX', Vol. 3,
%^^A   section 2.5]
%^^A =================================================================
%    \section{Implementation}
%    \label{sec:implement}
%
%    \emph{Please note:} The macros containing a `@' are internal
%    commands.  They do \emph{not} belong to the user interface and
%    should not be called directly by the end user!  You may get
%    unpredictable results if you don't know what you are doing.
%    Internal macros may be changed by me without announcement or
%    warning, so be careful.  Use them at your own risk if you cannot
%    resist\ldots
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Initial initialization
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Initialization}
%    \label{subsec:init}
%
%    As you can see, this package is based on the \package{book} package for all its layout aspects.
%^^A\changes{0.1g}{2007/08/06}{Doc: adding comments to the class code}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
\LoadClass{book}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    
%^^A\changes{0.2g}{2007/09/07}{Options: adding DescribeMacro for all}
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Declaration of the options we want to provide
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Option declaration}
%    \label{subsec:optiondeclare}
%
%    \subsubsection{Options of the \package{book} package}
%
%   Right now, options about paper size and font sizes are used to set the document parameters. For paper size, only \DescribeMacro{a4paper}\Lopt{a4paper}:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{a4paper} 
  {\setlength\paperheight {297mm}% 
  \setlength\paperwidth {210mm}%
  \setlength\oddsidemargin {-4.95truemm}%
  \setlength\evensidemargin {-10.95truemm}%
  \def\shiftsafourpaper{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%   and \DescribeMacro{letterpaper}\Lopt{letterpaper}:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{letterpaper} 
  {\setlength\paperheight {11in}% 
  \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}%
  \setlength\oddsidemargin {-4.95truemm}%
  \setlength\evensidemargin {-4.95truemm}%
  \def\shiftsletterpaper{}}
%    \end{macrocode}        
%    are defined. They are use to set the document and also passed to the book package.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\PassOptionsToPackage{a4paper,letterpaper}{book}
\PassOptionsToPackage{a4paper,letterpaper}{hyperref}
%    \end{macrocode}        
%    Only three font sizes are supported yet (namely 10pt\DescribeMacro{10pt,11pt,12pt}, 11pt and 12pt), as it did not seem obvious to me how bigger/smaller font sizes could be useful for proceedings.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{10pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{0}} 
\DeclareOption{11pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{1}} 
\DeclareOption{12pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{2}} 
%    \end{macrocode}        
%    Both \DescribeMacro{oneside} \Lopt{oneside} and \DescribeMacro{twoside} \Lopt{twoside} options are re-defined, exactly as they were in the book package:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@twosidefalse \@mparswitchfalse%
  \def\conf@WithClearsinglepage{}} 
\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue%
  \def\conf@WithCleardoublepage{}} 
%    \end{macrocode}        
%    Right now, they are not passed to the book package.
%^^A    \begin{macrocode}
%^^A\PassOptionsToPackage{10pt,11pt,12pt,twoside,oneside}{book}
%^^A    \end{macrocode}
%    We define both \DescribeMacro{onesidepapers} \Lopt{onesidepapers} and \DescribeMacro{twosidepapers} \Lopt{twosidepapers} options, to allow or not for a double page clear after each paper (so that they all start on a right and odd page, as for chaters in a book):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{onesidepapers}{%
  \def\conf@WithClearsinglepagePapers{}}
\DeclareOption{twosidepapers}{%
  \def\conf@WithCleardoublepagePapers{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \subsubsection{Options passed to the \package{hyperref} package}
%
%^^A\changes{0.1i}{2007/08/10}{Options: no more re-definition of \package{hyperref} options:  all options specific to the \package{hyperref} package are passed to it as unknown options of \package{\filename}.}
%   In its very first version, the \package{\filename} package was passing the following \package{hyperrref}-specific options to it: \Lopt{colorlinks},  \Lopt{colorlinks} and \Lopt{colorlinks=true}, \Lopt{colorlinks=false}, \Lopt{linkcolor}, \Lopt{citecolor}, \Lopt{urlcolor}, \Lopt{pagecolor}, \Lopt{bookmarksopen}, \Lopt{bookmarksopen=true}, \Lopt{bookmarksopen=false}. Not knowing how to use the \package{keyval} package, I used a simple and dirty trick, re-defining and passing these options, but it was limitating the customization of \package{hyperref} to what I believed was useful. So, to remove this biais, I treat them as any unknown options, that are passed to the \package{hyperref} package. If you decide to use other options of \package{hyperref}, you may unfortunately break some of the mechanisms for the proceedings making.
%
%^^A\changes{0.2b}{2007/08/16}{Options: changing \Lopt{bibmergecompil} to 'compil=bibmerge',  \Lopt{bibbackrefcompil} to 'compil=bibbackref' and \Lopt{finalcompil} to 'compil=final'}
%^^A\changes{0.2d}{2007/08/18}{Cmds: renaming all internal commands by adding the `conf\@' prefix}
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Options: finishing the description of the class options}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Options specific to the \package{\filename} package}\label{sec:def:options:confproc}
%
%    \subsubsection*{Compilation step:} changes the page numbering and the speed of the \LaTeX\ run.
%    For working on the bibliography merging process with \Lopt{compil=bibmerge}\DescribeMacro{compil=bibmerge}:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{compil=bibmerge}
  {\typeout{confproc: LaTeX run-> bib. items only (merging process)}%
  \def\conf@BibMerge{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The \Lopt{compil=bibbackref} \DescribeMacro{compil=bibbackref} option is to be used to create proper index and table of contents page numbering, as well as back-references:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{compil=bibbackref}
  {\typeout{confproc: LaTeX run-> generating biblio back references}%
  \def\conf@BibBackRef{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The compilation option \Lopt{compil=last} \DescribeMacro{compil=last} option is to be used at last (when all proper page numbers and back references have been generated):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{compil=last}
  {\typeout{!!! confproc: LaTeX run-> LAST !!!}%
  \def\conf@FinalVersion{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \subsubsection*{Draft/final} 
%    \begin{macro}{draft}
%    \changes{0.4f}{2007/10/7}{Explain that the `draft' option removes the bookmarks}
%    The \Lopt{draft} option is passed to the \package{pdfpages} package to speed up \LaTeX\ runs:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{draft}
  {\typeout{confproc: not including PDF files}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{pdfpages}%
  \def\conf@DoNotIncludePDFs{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Note that with this option, \package{pdfpages} does not generate the bookmark data.    \end{macro}
%    The \Lopt{final}  \DescribeMacro{final} option too is passed to the \package{pdfpages} package (no speed up of \LaTeX\ runs):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{final}
  {\typeout{confproc: including PDF files}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{final}{pdfpages}%
  \def\conf@IncludePDFs{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \subsubsection*{Electronic/printed} 
%    For an electronic document  (color hyperlinks), we define the \Lopt{electronic} \DescribeMacro{electronic} option:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{electronic}%
  {\typeout{confproc: adding colors for hyperlinks}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{colorlinks=true}{hyperref}%
  \def\conf@procWithColors{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    For a printed document (black hyperlinks), we define the \Lopt{printed} \DescribeMacro{printed} option:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{printed}%
  {\typeout{confproc: hyperref with no color for hyperlinks}
  \PassOptionsToPackage{colorlinks=false}{hyperref}%
  \def\conf@procWithoutColors{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \subsubsection*{Headers} 
%    We define four options for adding headers on some specific pages only:\\
%    on no page with the \Lopt{headers=no} \DescribeMacro{headers=no} option (default):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{headers=no}%
  {\typeout{confproc: no fancy headers}%
  \def\conf@NoFancyHeaders{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    on inserted PDFs only with the \Lopt{headers=pdfonly} \DescribeMacro{headers=pdfonly} option:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{headers=pdfonly}%
  {\typeout{confproc: fancy headers on inserted PDFs only}%
  \def\conf@FancyHeadersOnPapers{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    on all pages except the inserted PDFs, with the \Lopt{headers=exceptpdf} \DescribeMacro{headers=exceptpdf} option:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{headers=exceptpdf}%
  {\typeout{confproc: fancy headers for all pages except PDFs}%
  \def\conf@FancyHeadersExceptPapers{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and on all pages with the \Lopt{headers=allpages} \DescribeMacro{headers=allpages} option:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{headers=allpages}%
  {\typeout{confproc: fancy headers on all pages, PDFs included}%
  \def\conf@FancyHeadersOnPapers{}%
  \def\conf@FancyHeadersExceptPapers{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \subsubsection*{Two/three columns index of authors} 
%    The \Lopt{twocolindex} \DescribeMacro{twocolindex} option provides a 2 columns index of authors:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{twocolindex}
  {\typeout{confproc: 2 columns index}%
  \def\conf@TwoColumnIndex{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    whereas the \Lopt{threecolindex} \DescribeMacro{threecolindex} provides a 3 column index of authors (default):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{threecolindex}
  {\typeout{confproc: 3 columns index}%
  \def\conf@ThreeColumnIndex{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%^^A\changes{0.2c}{2007/08/17}{Options: adding \Lopt{onecolbib} and \Lopt{twocolbib} options}
%
%   \subsubsection*{One/two columns general bibliography} 
%    The \Lopt{twocolbib} \DescribeMacro{twocolbib} option provides a 2 columns bibliography (default):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{twocolbib}
  {\typeout{confproc: 2 columns biblio}%
  \def\conf@TwoColumnBib{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    whereas the \Lopt{onecolbib} \DescribeMacro{onecolbib} option provides a 1 column bibliography:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{onecolbib}
  {\typeout{confproc: 1 column biblio}%
  \def\conf@OneColumnBib{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A\changes{0.1i}{2007/08/10}{Options: adding \Lopt{onecoltoc} and \Lopt{twocoltoc} options}
%    \subsubsection*{One/two columns table of contents} 
%    The \Lopt{twocoltoc} \DescribeMacro{twocoltoc} option provides a 2 columns table of contents:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{twocoltoc}
  {\typeout{confproc: 2 columns TOC}%
  \def\conf@TwoColumnTOC{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    whereas the \Lopt{onecoltoc} \DescribeMacro{onecoltoc} option provides a usual 1 column table of contents (default):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{onecoltoc}
  {\typeout{confproc: 1 column TOC}%
  \def\conf@OneColumnTOC{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \subsubsection*{Numbering the table of contents}
%    the table of contents can be numbered on the left using the \Lopt{tocnumleft} \DescribeMacro{tocnumleft} option:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{tocnumleft}
  {\typeout{confproc: TOC numbering on left}%
  \def\conf@TocNumberingLeft{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    or on the right using the \Lopt{tocnumright} \DescribeMacro{tocnumright} option: 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{tocnumright}
  {\typeout{Confproc: TOC numbering on right}%
  \def\conf@TocNumberingRight{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \subsubsection*{Moving footer with page number} 
%    Move the footer (to check page numbers) with the \Lopt{movepagenumbers} \DescribeMacro{movepagenumbers} option: 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{movepagenumbers}
  {\typeout{confproc: moving page numbers to check PDFs numbering}%
  \def \conf@TestPageNumbering{}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \subsubsection*{Clearpage} clear single or double page, depending if the document is oneside or twoside, with the \Lopt{clearsinglepage} \DescribeMacro{clearsinglepage}  and  \Lopt{cleardoublepage} \DescribeMacro{cleardoublepage} options: \\
%^^A    \color{red} {\sc Is this still useful???}\color{black}\\
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{cleardoublepage}%
  {\typeout{confproc: using double page clearing}%
  \def\conf@WithCleardoublepage{}}
\DeclareOption{clearsinglepage}%
  {\typeout{confproc: using double page clearing}%
  \def\conf@WithClearsinglepage{}}
%    \end{macrocode}    
%    Define \Lopt{debug} \DescribeMacro{debug,verbose}  and \Lopt{verbose} options to print debug (\package{\filename} and \package{hyperref}):
%^^A\changes{0.2a}{2007/08/12}{Options: adding the \Lopt{verbose} option}
%^^A\changes{0.2b}{2007/08/16}{Options: adding the \Lopt{debug} option}
%    \begin{macrocode}    
\DeclareOption{debug}
  {\typeout{Confproc: printing debug for confproc, hyperref}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{debug}{hyperref}%
  \def\conf@procWithDebug{}}
\DeclareOption{verbose}
  {\typeout{Confproc: printing debug for confproc, hyperref}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{debug}{hyperref}%
  \def\conf@procWithDebug{}}
%    \end{macrocode}    
%    We are now done with the options declarations. 
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Options processing} 
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Unknown options} 
%
%    Give a warning for unknown options, and pass them by default to \package{hyperref}:
%^^A\changes{0.1i}{2007/08/10}{Options: passing all unknown options to \package{hyperref}, to avoid redefining all link colors, etc.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{procconf}%
  {Unknown option `\CurrentOption'; passed to 'hyperref'}%
  \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{hyperref}} 
%    \end{macrocode}    
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Default values for options} 
%
%    Options that are not set by the user have the following default settings:
%^^A\changes{0.1i}{2007/08/10}{Option: changing default link colors for \package{hyperref}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ExecuteOptions{letterpaper,10pt,twoside,%
  twosidepapers,electronic,headers=no,compil=bibbackref,%
  tocnumleft,onecoltoc,threecolindex,twocolbib,%
  colorlinks=true,linkcolor=red,citecolor=blue,pagecolor=red,urlcolor=blue,%
  bookmarksopen=true,bookmarksopenlevel=1} 
%    \end{macrocode}    
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Options processing} 
%
%    Options can now be processed:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ProcessOptions
%    \end{macrocode}    
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Required packages} 
%
%    Several packages are included, among which many are required. \\
%    The \package{graphicx} package is for users to insert logos (first page, welcome letters):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{graphicx}
%    \end{macrocode}    
%    Use the \package{pdfpages} package (core of this class) to insert the paers as PDF documents, page-by-page, as images:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{pdfpages}    
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Use the \package{fancyhdr} package to customize the headers and footers so that they match those of the paper templates:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Use the \package{tocbibind} package to change the \cmd{\indexname} command; its options are to disable automatic insertion in the table of contents (hand made insertion instead):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage[nottoc,notbib,notindex]{tocbibind}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Use the \package{titletoc} package (part of the \package{titelsec} package) to change the table of contents layout (order of text, numbers, fonts, etc.):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{titletoc}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Use \package{multitoc} with the \Lopt{toc} option for a two columns table of contents:
%^^A\changes{0.1i}{2007/08/10}{Options: adding \Lopt{onecoltoc} and \Lopt{twocoltoc} options}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\conf@TwoColumnTOC
  \RequirePackage[toc]{multitoc}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%^^A\changes{0.2a}{2007/08/12}{Cmds: get rid of \package{threecolindex.sty} package and related \cmd{\gtindexname} command}
%    Use the \package{index} package to enable the creation of the index of authors:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{index}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Use the \package{multitoc} package for a multi-columns table of contents or index:
%^^A\changes{0.1i}{2007/08/10}{Options: adding \Lopt{onecoltoc} and \Lopt{twocoltoc} options}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{multicol}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\theindex}
%    Also, when asking for a 2 or 3 columns index, redefine the \cmd{\theindex} environment (modified form the \package{gatech-thesis-index.sty} package) as:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\conf@TwoColumnIndex
  \renewenvironment{theindex}{%
    \if@twocolumn \@restonecolfalse
    \else \@restonecoltrue \fi
    \vspace*{-0.8cm}
    \section*{{\indexname}}
    \let\item\@idxitem
    \columnseprule \z@
    \columnsep 35\p@
    \begin{multicols}{2}[%
      \ifx\index@prologue\@empty\else
        \index@prologue
        \bigskip
      \fi]%
      \parindent\z@
      \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax
  }{\end{multicols}%
    \if@restonecol \onecolumn
    \else \clearpage \fi}
\else
    \ifdefined\conf@ThreeColumnIndex%
  \renewenvironment{theindex}{%
    \if@twocolumn \@restonecolfalse
    \else \@restonecoltrue \fi
    \vspace*{-0.8cm}
    \section*{{\indexname}}
    \let\item\@idxitem
    \columnseprule \z@
    \columnsep 35\p@
    \begin{multicols}{3}[%
      \ifx\index@prologue\@empty\else
        \index@prologue
        \bigskip
      \fi]%
      \parindent\z@
      \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax
  }{\end{multicols}%
    \if@restonecol \onecolumn
    \else \clearpage \fi }
  \fi
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    Use the \package{sectsy} package to change the sections font in the table of contents:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{sectsty}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\confcite}
%    We define the \cmd{\confcite} citation function, that can be changed depending on the citation function used by the chosen bibliography style:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\confcite}[1]{\cite{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    Use the \package{newapave} style for the general bibliography:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{newapave}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    If you do not wish to use the one developed for DAFx-06 but prefer to use the original \package{newapa} style, replace this last line in \file{\filename.cls} by:\begin{verbatim}
%    \RequirePackage{newapa}
%\end{verbatim} 
%    Links in the PDF files require to use the \package{color} package:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{color}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We predefine here the names and values for the color links, so that they can be used:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\definecolor{colorforlink}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}
\definecolor{colorforpage}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}
\definecolor{colorforcite}{rgb}{0,0.5,0}
\definecolor{colorforurl}{cmyk}{0,1,0,0}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    together with the \package{hyperref} package with the following default options:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage[pdftex,raiselinks,hyperindex,backref,pagebackref,%
    plainpages=false,pdfpagelabels,breaklinks,linktocpage,%
    pdfstartview=XYZ]{hyperref}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and with the \package{hypcap} package, for including floats (figures or tables):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage[figure,table]{hypcap}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Proceedings specific commands} 
%
%    We now define the default values of some proceedings-specific commands.
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{PDF metadata} 
%
%    \begin{macro}{\procpdfauthor}
%    Define commands to set the PDF metadata: \cmd{\procpdfauthor} for the author:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\procpdfauthor}{Proceedings author/editor}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\procpdftitle}
%    \cmd{\procpdftitle} for the title:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\procpdftitle}{Proceedings title}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\procpdfsubject}
%    and \cmd{\procpdfsubject} for the subject:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\procpdfsubject}{Proceedings description}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\hypersetup}
%    These commands are used in the \cmd{\hypersetup} command that is evaluated only when the document begins (so that you can redefine its author, title and subject):
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Only evaluated At Begin Document}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{
  \hypersetup{
    pdfauthor = \procpdfauthor,
    pdftitle = \procpdftitle,
    pdfsubject = \procpdfsubject,
    pdfkeywords = {},
    pdfcreator = {LaTeX with `confproc' package},
    pdfproducer = {pdfLaTeX}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Layout: set \cmd{\footskip}}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Page layout} 
%
%    The proceedings default page layout is:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\topmargin 0truept
\headheight 12truept
\footskip 14mm
\textheight 229truemm
\textwidth 175truemm
\voffset -28truept
\headsep 20truept
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Those values may be changed in the preamble, depending on your paper template.
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Special section names} 
%
%    \begin{macro}{\contentsname}
%    We redefine the names of the table of contents (as it should appear in itself):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Conference Program}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\bibname}
%    of the general bibliography as it appears in the document and in the table of contents:
%^^A\changes{0.1g}{2007/08/05}{\cmd{\bibnametoc} renamed \cmd{\procbibname}}
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Remove formatting}
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Renamed from \cmd{\procbibname}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\bibname}{Full Bibliography}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\indexname}
%    and of the index of authors as it appears in the document and in the table of contents:
%^^A\changes{0.1g}{2007/08/05}{\cmd{\indexnametoc} renamed \cmd{\procindexname}}
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Remove formatting}
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Renamed from \cmd{\procindexname}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\indexname}{Index of Authors}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Header and footer} 
%
%    \begin{macro}{\proclhead}
%    We first define the default header:
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{\cmd{\loclhead} renamed \cmd{\proclhead}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\proclhead}{\em \small Proceedings of the blah blah blah}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\proccfoot}
%    and the default footer:
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Use \cmd{\vspace} instead of \cmd{\vskip}}
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Remove \cmd{\vspace}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\proccfoot}{\small Proc-\thepage}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    We now define the default page styles for use with headers:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pagestyle{fancyplain}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\headrulewidth}
%    together with the corresponding rule width for the headers:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\footrulewidth}
%    and for the footers:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{-5mm}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\proclhead}
%    The left header is given as:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lhead{\proclhead}        
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\rhead}
%    whereas the right hease is empty:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\rhead{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\lfoot}
%    The left footer is also set empty:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lfoot{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\rfoot}
%    as well as the right footer:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\rfoot{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\proccfoot}
%    The center footer is the page number:
%^^A\changes{0.1h}{2007/08/09}\cmd{\loccfoot} renamed \cmd{\proccfoot}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cfoot{\proccfoot}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    Depending on the value of the \Lopt{headers} option, we change the default page style:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined \conf@FancyHeadersExceptPapers
  \pagestyle{fancy}
\else
  \pagestyle{empty}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\procoptfootskip}
%    We set \cmd{\procoptfootskip}, the optional footer vertical shift (to check page numbers): 
%^^A\changes{0.1h}{2007/08/09}{removing \cmd{\testloccfoot} for a length \cmd{\procoptfootskip}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\procoptfootskip}
\ifdefined\conf@TestPageNumbering%
  \setlength{\procoptfootskip}{3mm}%
  \cfoot{\vskip \procoptfootskip \proccfoot}%
\else%
  \setlength{\procoptfootskip}{0mm}%
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Table of contents layouts} 
%
%    Using the \package{titletoc} commands, we define the default table of contents layout.
%
%    \subsubsection*{Default} 
%    
%    For right numbering:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\conf@TocNumberingRight
%    \end{macrocode}
%    we first set the left margin of papers inserted as sections:
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \titlecontents{section}[2.5em]% left margin
%    \end{macrocode}
%    we then set the table of contents spacing between 2 papers:
%    \begin{macrocode}
    {\vspace*{0.3em}}% space between two papers in the TOC
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and the filler and page number:
%    \begin{macrocode}
    {}{}{\contentsmargin{0pt} \hfill \contentspage}% filler and page
%    \end{macrocode}
%    For left numbering:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\else%
  \dottedcontents{section}[]{\fillright}{}{1pc} 
  \titlecontents{section}[2.5em]%
    {\vspace*{0.3em}}% 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    we set the left shift of page numbers:
%    \begin{macrocode}
    {\hspace*{-2.5em}\contentspage\hspace*{2.5em}}% left shifting page num.
    {\hspace*{-2.5em}\contentspage\hspace*{2.5em}}% idem
    {}% filler and page
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    
%    
%    \begin{macro}{\tocmattertocstyle}
%    \subsubsection*{At document frontmatter} 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\tocmattertocstyle}{
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Parts are used for the preamble:
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \titlecontents{part}[-1em]{\addvspace{1pc}}%
    {\contentspage\hspace*{3.2em}\contentsmargin{0pt}%
      \makebox[0pt][r]{\huge\thecontentslabel\enspace}\large}%
    {\contentspage\hspace*{3.2em}\contentsmargin{0pt}\large}%
    {}[\addvspace{.5pc}]
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and chapters for each page for the preamble:
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \titlecontents{chapter}[-1em]{\addvspace{1pc}}% 
    {\contentspage\hspace*{3.2em}\contentsmargin{0pt}% 
      \makebox[0pt][r]{\huge\thecontentslabel\enspace}\large}%
    {\contentspage\hspace*{3.2em}\contentsmargin{0pt}\large}%
    {}[\addvspace{.5pc}]
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    
%    \subsubsection*{At document mainmatter} 
%
%    \begin{macro}{\mainmattertocstyle}
%    Parts are used for days, or for sessions of no days are used; chapters are used for sessions (if days are used); sections are always used for papers.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\conf@TocNumberingRight
  \newcommand{\mainmattertocstyle}{
    \titlecontents{chapter}[0pt]%
      {\addvspace{1pc}\bfseries\itshape}% 
      {\contentsmargin{0pt}\bfseries% 
        \makebox[0pt][r]{\huge\thecontentslabel\enspace}\large}%
      {\contentsmargin{0pt}\large}{}[\addvspace{.5pc}]%
    \titlecontents{part}[0pt]%
      {\addvspace{1pc}\bfseries}%
      {\contentsmargin{0pt}\bfseries%
        \makebox[0pt][r]{\huge\thecontentslabel\enspace}\large}%
      {\contentsmargin{0pt}\large}{}[\addvspace{.5pc}]%
\else
  \ifdefined\conf@TocNumberingLeft% default
    \newcommand{\mainmattertocstyle}{
      \titlecontents{section}[2.5em]%
        {\vspace*{0.3em}}%
        {\hspace*{-2.5em}\contentspage\hspace*{2.5em}}% 
        {\hspace*{-2.5em}\contentspage\hspace*{2.5em}}% 
        {}%
      \titlecontents{chapter}[0pt]%
        {\addvspace{1pc}\bfseries\itshape}%
        {\contentsmargin{0pt}\bfseries %
          \makebox[0pt][r]{\huge\thecontentslabel\enspace}\large}%
        {\contentsmargin{0pt}\large}{}[\addvspace{.5pc}]%
      \titlecontents{part}[0pt]%
        {\addvspace{1pc}\bfseries}%
        {\contentsmargin{0pt}\bfseries %
          \makebox[0pt][r]{\huge\thecontentslabel\enspace}\large}%
        {\contentsmargin{0pt}\large}{}[\addvspace{.5pc}]%
   }
  \else
    \newcommand\mainmattertocstyle{}
  \fi
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\mainmatter}
%    Hence, we redefine the \cmd{\mainmatter}  command to use this style:
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Redefined to use \cmd{\mainmattertocstyle}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\mainmatter{%
    \cleardoublepage
  \@mainmattertrue
  \pagenumbering{arabic}
  \mainmattertocstyle}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    
%    \subsubsection*{At document backmatter} 
%    
%    \begin{macro}{\backmattertocstyle}
%    Sections are used to format/display the general bibliography and index of authors, but they appear as parts in the table of contents:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\conf@TocNumberingRight
  \newcommand{\backmattertocstyle}{
    \titlecontents{section}[]{}{}{}{}[]%
    \titlecontents{part}%
      [0pt]{\addvspace{1pc}}{}{}%
      {\contentsmargin{0pt} \large \hfill\contentspage}%
      [\addvspace{.5pc}]%
  }%
\else%
  \ifdefined\conf@TocNumberingLeft%
    \newcommand{\backmattertocstyle}{%
      \titlecontents{section}[]{}{}{}{}[]%
      \titlecontents{part}%
        [0pt]%
        {\addvspace{1pc}}% 
        {\contentspage\hspace*{2.5em}\contentsmargin{0pt}% 
        \bfseries%
        \makebox[0pt][r]{\huge\thecontentslabel\enspace}%
        \large\bfseries}%
        {\contentspage\hspace*{2.5em}\contentsmargin{0pt} \large\bfseries}%
        {}%
        [\addvspace{.5pc}]%
      }%
  \else%
    \newcommand\backmattertocstyle{}%
  \fi%
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\backmatter}
%    We then redefine the \cmd{\backmatter} command to use this style:
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Redefined to use \cmd{\backmattertocstyle}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\backmatter{%
  \if@openright
    \cleardoublepage
  \else
    \clearpage
  \fi
  \@mainmatterfalse
  \backmattertocstyle}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Headers/footers} 
%
%    The default page style (and corresponding headers and footers) is set for non PDF-inserted pages:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\conf@FancyHeadersExceptPapers
  \newcommand{\otherpagestyle}{\pagestyle{fancy}}
  \newcommand{\thisotherpagestyle}{\thispagestyle{fancy}}
\else
  \newcommand{\otherpagestyle}{\pagestyle{empty}}
  \newcommand{\thisotherpagestyle}{\thispagestyle{empty}}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and for PDF-inserted pages:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\conf@FancyHeadersOnPapers
  \newcommand{\PDFpagestyle}{\thispagestyle{fancy}}
\else
  \newcommand{\PDFpagestyle}{\thispagestyle{empty}}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Using the \package{sectsty} package, all chapters have the same font in the table of contents:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\chapterfont{\thisotherpagestyle}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We then define what the \cmd{\clearsingleordoublepage} \DescribeMacro{\clearsingleordoublepage} stands for, depending if the document is single-sided or double-sided:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\conf@WithCleardoublepage
  \newcommand{\clearsingleordoublepage}{\cleardoublepage}
\else
  \ifdefined\conf@WithClearsinglepage
    \newcommand{\clearsingleordoublepage}{\clearpage}
  \else
    \newcommand{\clearsingleordoublepage}{\cleardoublepage}
  \fi
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Creating back-references} 
%
%    We declare the commands related to bibliography insertion, depending on the compilation option, using the back-references previously generated:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\conf@FinalVersion
    \newcommand{\UseBackRef}{}                
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and generating the back-references to be used in the last compilation:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\else
    \newcommand{\CreateBackRef}{}        
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{$X$ and $Y$ shifts} 
%
%^^A\changes{0.1g}{2007/08/08}{Cmds: changing \cmd{\LaTeXxShift} from a command to a length (idem for \cmd{\LaTeXyShift}, \cmd{\WordxShift} and \cmd{\WordyShift})}
%^^A\changes{0.2a}{2007/08/12}{Cmds: adding \cmd{\paperbookmark} for correct use in the Perl scripts}
%    We now define the $X$ and $Y$ shifts for \LaTeX{} (\DescribeMacro{\LaTeXxShift}\cmd{\LaTeXxShift} and \DescribeMacro{\LaTeXyShift}\cmd{\LaTeXyShift}) and Word (\DescribeMacro{\WordxShift}\cmd{\WordxShift}, \DescribeMacro{\WordyShift}\cmd{\WordyShift}) generated papers as lengths:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\LaTeXxShift}
\newlength{\LaTeXyShift}
\newlength{\WordxShift}
\newlength{\WordyShift}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Their default values are set to those used for the example, depending on the document formant (A4/letter):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\shiftsafourpaper
  \setlength{\LaTeXxShift}{0pt}
  \setlength{\LaTeXyShift}{28pt}
  \setlength{\WordxShift}{10pt}
  \setlength{\WordyShift}{-40pt}
\else
  \ifdefined\shiftsletterpaper
    \setlength{\LaTeXxShift}{8.45pt}
    \setlength{\LaTeXyShift}{-3pt}
    \setlength{\WordxShift}{10pt}
    \setlength{\WordyShift}{-40pt}
  \fi
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Paper insertion commands} 
%
%    \begin{macro}{\papertitle}
%    We now pre-define (as empty) the commands used to insert the PDF papers (for including the first paper in the example), \ie{} the paper title:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\papertitle}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\paperauthors}
%    the paper authors: 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\paperauthors}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\paperindex}
%    the commands for insertion in the index: 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\paperindex}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\paperref}
%    the paper reference, \ie{} a tag (\eg{} the file name, or the submission number):
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\paperref}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\paperpagenum}
%    the number of pages: 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\paperpagenum}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\papercite}
%    the bibliographic references (for the general bibliography): 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\papercite}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\papertitlestyle}
%    the style for the title: 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\papertitlestyle}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\paperauthorstyle}
%    and finally the style for both the list of authors and the text between the title and the list of authors: 
%    \changes{0.4b}{2007/10/12}{Format: changing \cmd{\it} to \cmd{\itshape}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\paperauthorstyle}{\texorpdfstring{\newline\itshape}{\break}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%^^A\changes{0.1f}{2007/08/03}{Bug: fixed wrong bookmark link to author (2nd page instead of 1st) by moving the \cmd{\pdfbookmark[]} cmd into the \cmd{\pagecommand} cmd.}
%^^A\changes{0.1i}{2007/08/10}{Cmd: changing \cmd{\includepaperthread} to hide the TOC layout.}
%^^A\changes{0.1i}{2007/08/10}{Cmd: adding \cmd{\proctoctitleauthor} to define the TOC format of author and paper}
%^^A\changes{0.1i}{2007/08/10}{Cmd: renaming \cmd{\includepaperthread} into \cmd{\procinsertpaper}}
%^^A\changes{0.2b}{2007/08/16}{Cmd: adding a \cmd{\paperpagenum} counter to compute Nb pages -1}
%
%    \begin{macro}{paperpagenum}
%    A new counter \Lopt{paperpagenum} is added, for the number of pages of a paper:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{paperpagenum}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\proctoctitleauthor}
%    The \cmd{\proctoctitleauthor}  command defines the style for title/author entry in the table of contents using the style \cmd{\papertitlestyle} for the paper with title \cmd{\papertitle} and the style \cmd{\paperauthorstyle} for the paper with authors \cmd{\paperauthors} :
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\proctoctitleauthor}[2]{%
    \texorpdfstring{{\papertitlestyle#1}{\paperauthorstyle#2}}%
      {{\papertitlestyle#1}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    We chose to insert both the paper title and the list of authors in the table of contents, whereas only the title is inserted as a section in the bookmark. Then, the authors will be inserted, for each of them, as a subsection in the \cmd{\procinsertpaper} command.
%    
%    \begin{macro}{\procinsertpaper}
%    We now come to the paper insertion \cmd{\procinsertpaper} command, one of the most important command of the whole class. 
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/03}{Manage 1-page long papers (no ref printed yet)}
%    \changes{0.4c}{2007/10/12}{Author back in bookmark (missing \#9 arg in `pagecommand', error in v0.4a)}
%%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\procinsertpaper}[9]{
%    \end{macrocode}
%    It has the following 9 arguments: i) X and Y shifts (with a space in between), ii) number of pages, iii) a reference, iv) the title, v) the  list of authors, vi) the index entries, vii) the citations for the general bibliography, viii) the PDF file name and ix the bookmark entries for the authors.
%    The insertion is made in two steps. First, the number of pages is set, and the index entries are given (for proper links from the index of authors to the paper's first page):
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \setcounter{paperpagenum}{#2}
  #6%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Then, if the paper has only 1 page, it is inserted (with bibliographic items only if \Lopt{compil=bibbackref} or \Lopt{compil=bibmerge}):
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifnum\thepaperpagenum=1
    \ifdefined\conf@procWithDebug\typeout{confproc: 1-page long paper}\fi
    \ifdefined\UseBackRef
      \includepdf[noautoscale,offset= #1,pages=1,%
        linktodoc,linkname=\PAPERPATH #8.pdf,%
        addtotoc={1, section, 1, \proctoctitleauthor{#4}{#5}, #3},%
        pagecommand = {#9\PDFpagestyle}%
        ]{\PAPERPATH #8.pdf}%
    \else
      \includepdf[noautoscale,offset= #1,pages=1,%
        linktodoc,linkname=\PAPERPATH #8.pdf,%
        addtotoc={1, section, 1, \proctoctitleauthor{#4}{#5}, #3},%
        pagecommand = {#9\PDFpagestyle\vspace*{-1cm}\confcite{#7}}%
        ]{\PAPERPATH #8.pdf}%
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Note where the bookmark entries are placed (argument \verb+#9+): it was the only place I found where the bookmark link would be valid\footnote{if you check in the electronic version of the DAFx-06 proceedings, you will see what happens with unproper links... You will be directed to the second page of the paper!}. 
%
%    The second step consists in inserting the reminding pages (if any). In the case of bibliography merging, we do not care yet about proper page numbering, but we want to see each paper's first and last page:
%^^A\changes{0.2b}{2007/08/16}{Add last page (with bibliography) insertion for 'compil=bibmerge' option}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \else
    \includepdf[noautoscale,offset= #1,pages=1,%
      linktodoc,linkname=\PAPERPATH #8.pdf,%
      addtotoc={1, section, 1, \proctoctitleauthor{#4}{#5}, #3},%
      pagecommand = {#9\PDFpagestyle}%
      ]{\PAPERPATH #8.pdf}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Then, depending on the \Lopt{compil} option, we may only insert the last page only (\Lopt{compil=bibmerge}): 
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifdefined\conf@BibMerge%
      \includepdf[noautoscale,offset= #1,pages=\thepaperpagenum,%
        linktodoc,linkname=\PAPERPATH #8.pdf,%
          pagecommand = {\PDFpagestyle\vspace*{-2cm}\confcite{#7}}%
        ]{\PAPERPATH #8.pdf}%
      \PDFpagestyle{}%
      \ifdefined\conf@procWithDebug
        \typeout{confproc: bibliography insertion only}\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    or we decrement the page number in order to insert all but last page:
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \else
      \addtocounter{paperpagenum}{-1}
      \includepdf[noautoscale,offset= #1,pages=2-\thepaperpagenum,%
        linktodoc,linkname=\PAPERPATH #8.pdf,%
        pagecommand = {\PDFpagestyle}%
        ]{\PAPERPATH #8.pdf}%
      \PDFpagestyle{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    If running \LaTeX{} to create proper back-references (\Lopt{compil=bibmerge} or \Lopt{compil=bibbackref}), we add references to the paper's bibliographic items onto the last page:
%^^A\changes{0.2a}{2007/08/12}{Add output text for \Lopt{verbose} option}
%^^A\changes{0.2b}{2007/08/16}{Remove 1 to \Lopt{paperpagenum} counter}
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \addtocounter{paperpagenum}{1}
      \ifdefined\CreateBackRef
        \includepdf[noautoscale,offset= #1,pages=\thepaperpagenum,%
          linktodoc,linkname=\PAPERPATH #8.pdf,%
          pagecommand = {\PDFpagestyle\vspace*{-2cm}\confcite{#7}}%
          ]{\PAPERPATH #8.pdf}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Otherwise, for the last run (assuming that proper back-references were created), we insert the last page normally, without the back-references ((\Lopt{compil=last}): 
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \else
        \ifdefined\UseBackRef
          \includepdf[noautoscale,offset= #1,pages=\thepaperpagenum,%
            linktodoc,linkname=\PAPERPATH #8.pdf,%
            pagecommand = {\PDFpagestyle}%
            ]{\PAPERPATH #8.pdf}%
        \fi
      \fi
    \fi
    \ifdefined\conf@procWithDebug
      \typeout{confproc: partial paper insertion (last page=bib items)}\fi
  \fi
  \ifdefined\conf@procWithDebug
    \typeout{---> file: #8.pdf (#2 pages)}
    \typeout{---> title: #4}
    \typeout{---> author(s): #5}
    \typeout{---> index: #6}
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    In any case, we go to next page, so that bookmarks go to the right spot:
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \newpage
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Then, depending if we want all papers to start on the right page or not, we do a \cmd{\cleardoublepage}:
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifdefined\conf@WithClearsinglepagePapers
    \clearpage
  \else
    \ifdefined\conf@WithCleardoublepagePapers
      \cleardoublepage
    \fi
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Table of contents insertion} 
%
%    \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
%    We redefine the usual \cmd{\tableofcontents} command that inserts the table of contents, adds it to the PDF bookmark, and switches to the corresponding section style for insertion in the table of contents:
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Redefined}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
  \tocmattertocstyle
  \clearsingleordoublepage
  \pdfbookmark[0]{\contentsname}{contents}
    \if@twocolumn
      \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
    \else
      \@restonecolfalse
    \fi
    \section*{\contentsname
        \@mkboth{%
           \MakeUppercase\contentsname}{\MakeUppercase\contentsname}}%
    \@starttoc{toc}%
    \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi
  \clearsingleordoublepage
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Organize the program by days or sessions} 
%
%    The \cmd{\procday} \DescribeMacro{\procday} command inserts the day given as argument in the table of contents:
%^^A\changes{0.2d}{2007/08/18}{Cmds: adding the \cmd{\procday} command for inserting the day (upper level in the bookmark)}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\procday}[1]{%
  \phantomsection%
  \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The \cmd{\session} \DescribeMacro{\session} command adds a session to the table of contents:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\session}[1]{%
  \phantomsection%
  \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Paper switch} 
%
%    \begin{macro}{\paperswitch}
%    The \cmd{\paperswitch} command will be redefined in the \file{expapersswitch.tex} file, containing information about all papers. It is therefore declared empty:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\paperswitch}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Modifying the bibliography style} 
%
%    \begin{macro}{\bibhang}
%    We first set the \cmd{\bibhang} length:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setlength{\bibhang}{0.5em} %
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\thebibliography}
%    We then redefine the \cmd{\thebibliography} environment, for proper use and insertion of the new section title in the table of contents:
%    \changes{0.4a}{2007/10/01}{Redefined: inserts \cmd{\setbibitems}'s code}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]
     {\ifdefined\conf@TwoColumnBib%
        \twocolumn
      \fi
      \ifdefined\conf@BibMerge%
        \nocite{*}%
      \else%
        \clearsingleordoublepage%
      \fi%
      \section*{\bibname}%
      \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\bibname}
      \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\bibname}{\MakeUppercase\bibname}%
      \procbibintro
      \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%
           {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
            \leftmargin\labelwidth
            \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
            \@openbib@code
            \usecounter{enumiv}%
            \let\p@enumiv\@empty
            \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%
      \sloppy
      \clubpenalty4000
      \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty
      \widowpenalty4000%
      \sfcode`\.\@m}
     {\def\@noitemerr
       {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%
      \endlist
      \setlength{\labelsep}{0em}
      \setlength{\itemindent}{-\bibhang}
      \setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\newblock}
%    We redefine the \cmd{\newblock} command to reduce the space between bib items:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\newblock{\hskip 0em plus 0.0em minus .07em}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%^^A%    The \cmd{\setbibitems} \DescribeMacro{\setbibitems} command defines the bibliography items to be inserted, depending on the compilation option.
%^^A%    \begin{macrocode}
%^^A\newcommand{\setbibitems}{%
%^^A%    \end{macrocode}
%^^A%    We first set in a 2 columns format if needed:
%^^A%    \begin{macrocode}
%^^A  \ifdefined\conf@TwoColumnBib%
%^^A    \twocolumn
%^^A  \fi
%^^A%    \end{macrocode}
%^^A%^^A    As a general bibliography is very long, the font size is set to \verb+\footnotesize+:
%^^A%^^A    \begin{macrocode}
%^^A%^^A  {\footnotesize%
%^^A%^^A    \end{macrocode}
%^^A%    If working on the merging process, all bibliographic items are inserted (so that one can see duplicates):
%^^A%    \begin{macrocode}
%^^A  \ifdefined\conf@BibMerge%
%^^A    \nocite{*}%
%^^A%    \end{macrocode}
%^^A%    Otherwise, there no need to insert the citations (they already are inserted as the last page):
%^^A%    \begin{macrocode}
%^^A  \else%
%^^A    \clearsingleordoublepage%
%^^A  \fi%
%^^A%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{General bibliography introduction} 
%
%    The \cmd{\procbibintro} \DescribeMacro{\procbibintro} cmd defaults the introductory paragraph of the full bibliography:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\procbibintro}{{\it ~~~This bibliography is a compilation
  of all bibliographic  references from each paper. Page numbers that
  appear at the  end of each entry link to the bibliography sections that
  include it. Please click on the URL or on the page number to access
  the linked item.}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsubsection{Index insertion} 
%
%    The \cmd{\insertindex} \DescribeMacro{\insertindex} cmd defines the index insertion (it may later be hidden in a proper redefinitin of the \cmd{\theindex} command):
%^^A\changes{0.2e}{2007/09/01}{Cmds: renaming \cmd{\loclhead} into \cmd{\proclhead}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\insertindex}{
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We first clear the page, so that two-sided documents start on a right (odd) page:
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \clearsingleordoublepage
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We then back to the 1-column format, in case one adds text before the index:
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \onecolumn
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We then include a phantom section and a link to bookmark (do not remove, as this dirty hack provides a valid pointer to the index):
%    \begin{macrocode}
%  \section*{\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\bibname} \bibname}%
  \section*{~~}%
  \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\indexname}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The index of authors has no header/footer, as it is the last page and may be printed inside the cover (as for the printed version of the DAFx-06 proceedings):
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \renewcommand{\proclhead}{}%
  \renewcommand{\proccfoot}{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%^^A\changes{0.1g}{2007/08/05}{Cmds: using \cmd{\procindexname} in \package{threecolindex.sty} package}
%^^A\changes{0.2a}{2007/08/12}{Cmds: get rid of \package{threecolindex.sty} package and related \cmd{\gtindexname} command}
%^^A\changes{0.2d}{2007/08/18}{Cmds: the index is now inserted as a part instead of a chapter}
%    We then print the index:
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \printindex}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    and we are done for the index of authors, as well as for the whole \file{\filename} class!
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Config file
%^^A =================================================================
%    \subsection{Load Configuration}
%    \label{subsec:loadconfig}
%
%    Input a local configuration file (\file{confproc.cfg}), if it
%    exists.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\InputIfFileExists{confproc.cfg}
  {\typeout{************^^J%
    * Local config file confproc.cfg used *^^J%
    ************}
  }{}%
%</package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%^^A =================================================================
%^^A   Here the \StopEventually stuff will be appended (if we build
%^^A   the `programmer' docu)
%^^A =================================================================
%    \Finale
%
\endinput
%
% \fi
% end of file `confproc.dtx'
%%% Local Variables:
%%% mode: latex
%%% TeX-master: t
%%% End: